ml_tn/tn_LUK.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	uk55				0	Introduction to the Gospel of Luke Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Luke Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4) Prologue The birth of John the Baptist (1:5–80) The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1–51) The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–20) The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21–4:13) The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14–9:50) Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51–13:21) Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22–17:10) Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11–19:27) Jesus in Jerusalem Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28–44) Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45–21:38) Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1–24:53) What is the Gospel of Luke about? The Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus. How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel according to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News about Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Book of Luke? This book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the Book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts. Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts The kingdom of God “The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life? Luke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke? Luke described women in a very positive way in his gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What are the Synoptic Gospels? The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.” Passages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible. Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”? In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to Daniel 7:13–14. In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever. Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]]) Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title. Major issues in the text of the Book of Luke ULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	f1b5				0	Luke 01 General Notes Structure and formatting Dedication to Theophilus (1:1–4) The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5–25) The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26–38) Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39–56) John the Baptist is born (1:57–80) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46–55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68–79. Special concepts in this chapter “He will be called John” Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
4	1:1	qhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5	1:1	hyp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in 1:4 that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here, the word us would include him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
6	1:2	hud2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ & αὐτόπται & γενόμενοι	1	The term eyewitness describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7	1:2	z9dq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου	1	Here, word figuratively describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8	1:2	l000		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπηρέται & τοῦ λόγου	1	The people who brought this message were actually serving God by doing that. But Luke describes them figuratively as servants of the word, as if they were serving the message from God. Alternate translation: “served God by telling people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9	1:3	fud1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς	1	Luke provides this background information to explain that he was careful to find out exactly what happened. He probably talked to different people who saw what happened to make sure that what he wrote down about these events was correct. Alternate translation: “because I have conducted careful research and interviews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
10	1:3	l001		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σοι & κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, it would be appropriate to use that form here. There are many other places in the book of Luke where your language might use formal you, and these notes will not address all of them. Rather, as you translate, use formal and informal you in the way that would be most natural in your language. The notes will address a few cases where a careful decision should be made between the two forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
11	1:3	nr63			κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in 1:1 at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
12	1:3	vhj8			κράτιστε	1	Luke uses this term to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
13	1:3	h7q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14	1:4	l002		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
15	1:4	l003		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been taught about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16	1:5	gb16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17	1:5	l004		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18	1:5	l005		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἡρῴδου	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19	1:5	l006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰουδαίας	1	This is the name of a kingdom. (It was not an independent kingdom at this time. Herod ruled it as a vassal of the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
20	1:5	a4q9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐγένετο & ἱερεύς τις	1	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
21	1:5	l007		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζαχαρίας	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22	1:5	l228		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐφημερίας Ἀβιά	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this expression refers one of the different groups of priests who each served in the temple for a certain number of days at a time, and that the name of the group means that Abijah was the ancestor of these priests. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the group of priests who were descended from Abijah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23	1:5	gzw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβιά	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24	1:5	d3ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γυνὴ αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	Here, the word daughters figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “his wife was a descendant of Aaron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25	1:5	nnu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Ἀαρών	1	This means implicitly that she, like Zechariah, was descended from the line of priests going back to Aaron, the first high priest. Alternate translation: “his wife also came from the line of priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26	1:5	l008		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐλεισάβετ	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
27	1:6	uu87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke uses this expression to mean “where God could see them.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28	1:6	l009		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πορευόμενοι ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The term walking figuratively means “obeying.” Alternate translation: “obeying … everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
29	1:6	csc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώμασιν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	The words commandments and statutes mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to make a comprehensive statement. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that the Lord had commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
30	1:7	c7cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word indicates a contrast, showing that what follows is the opposite of what would be expected. People expected that if they did what was right, God would allow them to have children. Although this couple did what was right, they did not have any children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
31	1:7	l010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	To have moved forward or to have advanced means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32	1:7	l011		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφότεροι προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time, the lifetimes of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “they had both grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33	1:8	jr7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	This phrase marks a shift from the background information that Luke has been providing about the participants to the first event in their story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
34	1:8	l012		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν, ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn, Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
35	1:8	vyl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν & ἔναντι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The expression before God, that is, “in front of God,” means that Zechariah was offering his service as a priest in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving God as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
36	1:8	abc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν αὐτὸν	1	The pronoun his refers to Zechariah. Alternate translation: “while Zechariah was serving as a priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
37	1:8	wed9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐν τῇ τάξει τῆς ἐφημερίας αὐτοῦ	1	This is background information that explains why Zechariah was serving as a priest at this time. Alternate translation: “because it was his group’s turn to serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
38	1:9	vq5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας, ἔλαχε	1	Luke is providing background information about how the priests selected members of their group to perform specific duties. Alternate translation: “The priests chose him in their customary way, by casting a lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
39	1:9	l013		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	ULT puts these phrases in the chronological order of what Zechariah needed to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put them in logical order instead. Alternate translation: “to burn incense, and so he went into the temple to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
40	1:9	pa9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔλαχε	1	A lot was a marked stone that was thrown or rolled on the ground in order to help decide something. The priests believed that God would guide the lot and show them which priest he wanted them to choose for a particular duty. If your culture has a similar object, you can use the word for that in your language here. Alternate translation: “by casting a marked stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41	1:9	ph9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι	1	The word incense describes a substance that gives off a sweet smell when it is burned. The priests were to burn it as an offering to God each morning and evening on a special altar inside the temple. If your language has a word for this substance, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “to burn a substance that would create a sweet smell as an offering to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
42	1:10	bjl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος & τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This expression, if taken literally, could mean every single one of the Jews, but it is actually a generalization that Luke is using to emphasize how big this crowd was. Alternate translation: “A large number of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
43	1:10	ntl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔξω	1	This word refers implicitly to the enclosed area or courtyard that surrounded the temple. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard outside the temple building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44	1:10	uwu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	The word hour figuratively means “time.” This could mean either the morning or evening time for the incense offering. Alternate translation: “when it was time to offer the incense” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45	1:11	b8b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
46	1:11	c8ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὤφθη & αὐτῷ	1	When Luke says that the angel appeared, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
47	1:12	r3aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας & φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
48	1:12	d1zm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49	1:12	l014		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Luke is using the expression fell upon figuratively to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
50	1:12	sfb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Luke describes Zechariah’s fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
51	1:13	ki8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
52	1:13	es4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53	1:13	l015		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
54	1:13	l016		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
55	1:13	l017		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	The expression call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
56	1:13	l018		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννην	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57	1:14	n654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἔσται χαρά σοι καὶ ἀγαλλίασις	1	The words joy and gladness mean the same thing. The angel uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
58	1:14	q1p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτοῦ	1	The word at introduces the reason why many people will rejoice. Alternate translation: “because he has been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
59	1:15	td57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	The word for introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
60	1:15	sz79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	This expression means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61	1:15	abc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ πίῃ	1	The phrase must never translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
62	1:15	hgb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63	1:15	l019		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	The angel speaks figuratively as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
64	1:15	ie95			ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
65	1:16	x36x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον	1	To turn a person back figuratively means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
66	1:16	l020		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ	1	Here, the word sons figuratively means “descendants.” This expression envisions all of the Israelites as if they were their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
67	1:16	l021		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰσραὴλ	1	This is the name of a man. Luke uses it many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
68	1:17	c52s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς προελεύσεται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	To go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “John will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
69	1:17	p472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	In this context, the words spirit and power mean similar things. The angel may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “with the same great power that Elijah had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
70	1:17	l022		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλεία	1	Alternatively, the angel may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term power may tell what kind of spirit Elijah had. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “in the powerful spirit of Elijah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
71	1:17	l023		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἠλεία	1	This is the name of a man, a great prophet of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
72	1:17	w32h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	The angel speaks of hearts as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression figuratively means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
73	1:17	qe48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	The angel uses the relationship between fathers and children figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in 3:10-14 how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74	1:17	l024		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75	1:17	l025		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	Gabriel is using the term wisdom in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are righteous, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76	1:17	j49j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς & δικαίων	1	Gabriel is using the adjectives disobedient and righteous as nouns, to refer groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
77	1:17	ujs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
78	1:18	asn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο	1	Zechariah is implicitly asking for a sign as proof. Alternate translation: “What sign can you show me to prove that this will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
79	1:18	l026		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	This word introduces the reason why Zechariah wants a sign. He and his wife are both too old to have children, so he is finding it hard to believe what the angel has told him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
80	1:18	l027		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῆς	1	Zechariah is using two idioms. As in 1:7, to be advanced means figuratively to have aged, and days figuratively refers a particular period of time, in this case the lifetime of Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “my wife has also grown old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
81	1:19	l028		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Zechariah asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
82	1:19	p3jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
83	1:19	l029		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γαβριὴλ	1	This is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
84	1:19	yp6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To stand before or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, figuratively means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
85	1:19	pd7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86	1:20	x9qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87	1:20	l030		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
88	1:20	g5t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
89	1:20	q6y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου	1	Gabriel uses the term words figuratively to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
90	1:20	l031		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
91	1:20	hgu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν	1	This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
92	1:21	e14e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
93	1:22	h6vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
94	1:22	r2ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in 1:19 that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
95	1:23	duy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
96	1:23	l032		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
97	1:23	l033		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98	1:23	sa5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in 1:39 that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99	1:24	l034		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
100	1:24	cda2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Here, Luke uses the term days to refer figuratively to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
101	1:24	kpw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if stayed in her house for five months, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	1:25	w8yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
103	1:25	z1xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
104	1:25	pn2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	Here, the expression looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
105	1:25	lx3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	By disgrace, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
106	1:26	v9w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν & τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
107	1:26	l035		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “during month 6” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
108	1:26	rl4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109	1:26	l036		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
110	1:26	l037		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
111	1:27	l038		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
112	1:27	l039		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
113	1:27	tzh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	In this expression, the word house describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who was a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
114	1:27	l040		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐξ οἴκου Δαυεὶδ	1	This is background information that helps identify Joseph further. It is important for readers to know because it means that as 1:32 indicates, Jesus, as the adoptive son of Joseph, will be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who came from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
115	1:27	w9tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τὸ ὄνομα τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ	1	This introduces Mary as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
116	1:27	l041		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117	1:28	i7h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	χαῖρε	1	This word was used as a greeting. Alternate translation: “Greetings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
118	1:28	bp2n			κεχαριτωμένη	1	Alternate translation: “you who have received great grace” or “you who have received special kindness”
119	1:28	jmq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ σοῦ	1	The expression with you is an idiom that indicates favor and acceptance. Alternate translation: “The Lord is pleased with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
120	1:29	l042		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to mean what Gabriel said by using words. Alternate translation: “by what he said” or “when he said this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
121	1:29	ytx7			διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος	1	Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
122	1:30	l043		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
123	1:30	d3rx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
124	1:30	a3eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὗρες & χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125	1:31	l044		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	As in 1:20, behold is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	1:31	fi5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	The phrase conceive in your womb might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
127	1:31	l045		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	As in 1:13, Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “You are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
128	1:31	l046		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	As in 1:13, call his name is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129	1:31	l047		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰησοῦν	1	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
130	1:32	l048		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	To be called is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as 1:76, 2:23, and 15:19.) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
131	1:32	hl55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	Gabriel is not saying only that Son of the Most High is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
132	1:32	ip26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
133	1:32	z74z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in 8:38 shows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
134	1:32	lwd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The throne figuratively represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135	1:32	l049		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ & τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the term father figuratively means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
136	1:33	l050		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	βασιλεύσει & εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας; καὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Gabriel uses them together to emphasize how certain it is that Jesus will always rule. Because Gabriel is making a proclamation, he is speaking in a form much like poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he will rule … forever, yes, his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
137	1:33	l051		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον Ἰακὼβ	1	In this expression, the word house figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person, in this case Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
138	1:33	l052		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰακὼβ	1	This is the name of a man. Luke uses it a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
139	1:33	l053		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1	This is an idiom. The term ages means long periods of time. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
140	1:33	q516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “his kingship will always continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
141	1:33	l054		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἔσται τέλος	1	The abstract noun kingship refers to the action of a king reigning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this word with a verb such as “reign.” Alternate translation: “he will always continue to reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142	1:34	cf3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο	1	The implication is that even though Mary did not understand how this could happen, she did not doubt that it would happen. This is clear from the way that Gabriel responds positively and encouragingly to her, by contrast to the way he rebuked Zechariah in 1:18 for his similar-sounding question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I believe you, though I do not understand how this could happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
143	1:34	fqt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἄνδρα οὐ γινώσκω	1	Mary uses a polite expression to say that she had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “I am a virgin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
144	1:35	l055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that the angel responded to the question that Mary asked. Alternate translation: “the angel responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
145	1:35	l056		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Once again Gabriel is speaking in a form much like Hebrew poetry. It would be good here as well to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a term other than and, in order to show that the second phrase is repeating and clarifying the meaning of the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will come to you, yes, the power of God will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146	1:35	x53s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναμις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι	1	It was the power of God that would supernaturally cause Mary to become pregnant even while she still remained a virgin. It is not clear exactly how this happened, since Gabriel speaks figuratively as if God’s power had a shadow in order to describe it. But make sure that your translation does not imply that there was any physical or sexual union involved. This was a miracle. It might work well to retain Gabriel’s language and change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “the power of the Most High will cover you like a shadow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	1:35	l057		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
148	1:35	l058		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
149	1:35	k866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Gabriel is not saying only that Son of God is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, this is a further statement that Jesus would be the divine Son of a divine Father. (Gabriel says therefore, indicating that this will be the result of the process he has just described.) You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “Therefore, this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
150	1:35	vrz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this holy baby will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
151	1:35	l059		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὸ γεννώμενον Ἅγιον κληθήσεται, Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	Depending on how the Greek is understood, this could be another parallel statement. Alternate translation: “The one who will be born will be holy. Yes, he will be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
152	1:36	lx9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	This term focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153	1:36	f88l			καὶ αὐτὴ συνείληφεν υἱὸν ἐν γήρει αὐτῆς	1	Make sure that your translation does not make it does not sound as if both Mary and Elizabeth were old when they conceived. Alternate translation: “she has also become pregnant with a son, even though she is already very old”
154	1:36	hck2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “she is now in the sixth month of her pregnancy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
155	1:36	l060		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ	1	This is a further use of the idiom also found in 1:32 and 1:35 in which “to be called” means “to be.” Alternate translation: “who was not able to have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
156	1:37	v42f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “This shows that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
157	1:37	g7yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
158	1:37	l061		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἀδυνατήσει παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ πᾶν ῥῆμα	1	Here, the term word has two possible meanings: (1) Since Mary uses the same term figuratively in the next verse to describe the message that Gabriel has brought from God, Gabriel may be using it to mean that message as well. Alternate translation: “God is able to do anything he says” (2) Gabriel may be using the term in a general sense to mean “thing.” Alternate translation: “everything is possible with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
159	1:38	tef1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, behold means more literally “look,” that is, “Look at me,” by which Mary means, “This is who I am.” Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160	1:38	kw3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ δούλη Κυρίου	1	By describing herself as a servant, Mary is responding humbly and willingly. She is not boasting about being in the Lord’s service. Choose an expression in your language that will show her humility and obedience to the Lord. Alternate translation: “someone who will gladly serve the Lord in any way he wishes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	1:38	b9ax			γένοιτό μοι	1	Once again Mary is expressing her willingness for the things to happen that the angel has told her about. Alternative translation: “I am willing for these things to happen to me”
162	1:38	l062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	Here, the term word figuratively describes the message that Gabriel has brought. Alternate translation: “just as you have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
163	1:39	ka5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ & ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	This time reference sets the stage for a new episode in the story. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
164	1:39	l063		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “Around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
165	1:39	wj5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστᾶσα	1	This is an idiom that means not just that Mary stood up, but that she took action to get an enterprise under way. Alternate translation: “started out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
166	1:39	sii5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ὀρινὴν	1	This was an area of high hills extending south from the Jerusalem area to the Negev desert. Alternate translation: “the hilly area south of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
167	1:40	ee51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς	1	The implication is that Mary finished her journey before she went into Zechariah’s house. This could be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Once she arrived, she went inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
168	1:41	bx82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
169	1:41	v99g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	The word her refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
170	1:41	ya5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν	1	Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby leaped, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers figuratively to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	1:41	l064		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172	1:41	l065		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Luke speaks figuratively as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
173	1:42	r4ka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν	1	The expression exclaimed … and said expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word exclaimed indicates that what was said was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
174	1:42	f69c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
175	1:42	t5e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	The expression among women is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	1:42	bnl2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	Elizabeth speaks figuratively of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177	1:43	k63f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ?	1	Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
178	1:43	l066		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	This expression means, “Where did this come from to me?” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
179	1:43	tiu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου	1	Elizabeth is referring to Mary in the third person. You could make this clear by adding the word “you” in your translation. Alternate translation: “you, the mother of my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
180	1:44	uq3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. This phrase alerts Mary to pay attention to Elizabeth’s surprising statement that follows. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181	1:44	h54t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	Elizabeth is using the term ears to mean hearing, and hearing figuratively means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182	1:44	u9db		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1	As in 1:41, leaped is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183	1:45	kf73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα & τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
184	1:45	gc1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
185	1:45	g8rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1
186	1:46	vxj4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	The word soul refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
187	1:47	jp51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	The word spirit also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
188	1:47	l067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	This statement is parallel to the one in the previous verse. Mary is speaking in poetry. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it might be good to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
189	1:47	hgz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγαλλίασεν	1	Mary is speaking idiomatically as if something she is presently doing happened in the past. Alternate translation: “is celebrating” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
190	1:48	zhr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	This word introduces the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “And this is why” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
191	1:48	k3fv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ	1	As in 1:25, looked upon is an idiom that means “shown regard for.” Alternate translation: “he has kindly chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
192	1:48	tg6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς δούλης αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is speaking of her low condition figuratively to mean herself. Alternate translation: “me to serve him, even though I am not very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
193	1:48	gsy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Just think!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194	1:48	l37l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί	1	Mary uses the term generations figuratively to mean the people who will be born in all future generations. Alternate translation: “the people of all future generations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
195	1:49	xng2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ δυνατός	1	Here, Mary is describing God figuratively by one of his attributes. She means that “God, who is powerful,” has done great things for her. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy)
196	1:49	ze9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is using the term name figuratively to mean God’s reputation, and the reputation figuratively represents God himself. Alternate translation: “he deserves to be treated with complete respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
197	1:50	ijs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “extends to every generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
198	1:50	l068		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν	1	In this context, to fear does not mean to be afraid, but to show respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “those who honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
199	1:51	pb8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι αὐτοῦ	1	Mary is using the term arm figuratively to represent God’s power. Alternate translation: “He has demonstrated that he is very powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
200	1:51	s51c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διεσκόρπισεν	1	The word scattered figuratively describes how thoroughly God has defeated all who opposed him. The word creates a picture of God’s enemies fleeing in every direction, unable to arrange an organized retreat. Alternate translation: “he has completely defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201	1:51	nt8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπερηφάνους διανοίᾳ καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The term hearts figuratively represents the will and affections of these people. Alternate translation: “who cherish proud thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202	1:52	ty2j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνων	1	A throne is a chair that a ruler sits on, and it is a symbol associated with authority. If a ruler is brought down from his throne, that means he no longer has the authority to reign. Alternate translation: “He has deposed rulers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203	1:52	l069		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “but”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
204	1:52	ee3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς	1	In this word picture, people who are more important are depicted as higher up than people who are less important. Alternate translation: “he has given important roles to humble people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
205	1:52	yuu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ταπεινούς	1	Mary is using this adjective as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “humble people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
206	1:53	z2he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word once again indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrase described. Try to make the contrast between these opposite actions as clear as possible in your translation here as well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
207	1:54	d8g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge		0	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine 1:54 and 1:55 into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about Israel together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
208	1:54	l070		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	Ἰσραὴλ	1	Mary is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
209	1:54	g5u1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The term servant refers figuratively to the special role that God gave to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “his chosen people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210	1:54	hyt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μνησθῆναι ἐλέους	1	In this context, the phrase to remember his mercy figuratively refers to God thinking about a person or group and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had ever forgotten to be merciful. Alternate translation: “in order to be merciful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
211	1:55	qc9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν	1	Here, the word fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “just as he promised to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212	1:55	l071		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1	This is the name of a man. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
213	1:55	by4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1	The term seed figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
214	1:55	l072		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
215	1:56	l073		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
216	1:56	nt87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	The word her refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
217	1:57	hfk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
218	1:57	l074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it was time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
219	1:57	dd2i			τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
220	1:58	j2xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	Luke speaks figuratively as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
221	1:58	l075		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν & τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	1:59	f4ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
223	1:59	l076		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	This expression refers to the eighth day of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
224	1:59	gm1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
225	1:59	ya7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
226	1:59	ip8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	As in 1:13 and 1:31, to call the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
227	1:60	l077		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
228	1:60	l078		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
229	1:61	t4e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	The expression this name means specifically the name John. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230	1:61	l079		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
231	1:62	ium2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνένευον & τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear as well, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
232	1:62	w3kq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233	1:63	gn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτήσας	1	It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was asking, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
234	1:63	qu93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	This was a wooden tablet covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
235	1:64	sdg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
236	1:64	l080		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	Each of these phrases figuratively describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
237	1:64	mi2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη & τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
238	1:65	l081		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
239	1:65	qw1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	As in 1:12, Here, Luke describes fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
240	1:65	l082		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	In this context, fear does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
241	1:65	l083		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
242	1:65	g7uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας & τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς & ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	Here, Luke uses the word all twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
243	1:65	pz97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
244	1:66	c7xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
245	1:66	l6lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	Luke is speaking figuratively of hearts as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246	1:66	dgq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
247	1:66	xm9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	In this expression, the hand figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
248	1:67	lvd6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
249	1:67	l084		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας & ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Luke speaks figuratively as if Zechariah was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	1:67	fs5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
251	1:68	l085		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring figuratively to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
252	1:68	jx5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the relationship between God and Israel more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God whom the people of Israel worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
253	1:68	d67v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο & τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the term visited is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he has come to help … his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
254	1:69	g11u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤγειρεν κέρας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν	1	An animal’s horn is associated with its strength, and so Zechariah is using the term figuratively as a symbol for a ruler, by association with the power and authority a ruler has. Alternate translation: “he has brought us a ruler who will have the power to save us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
255	1:69	l086		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤγειρεν	1	In this context, raised up means brought into existence or enabled to act. Alternate translation: “he has brought us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
256	1:69	fb9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	David’s house figuratively represents his family and all of his descendants. Alternate translation: “who is a descendant of his servant David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
257	1:69	l087		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν οἴκῳ Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that as a descendant of David, this ruler will be an eligible successor to him as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of his servant David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
258	1:69	l088		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ, παιδὸς αὐτοῦ	1	David was not actually a servant, he was a king. Here, the emphasis in the word servant is on how David served God faithfully in that capacity. Alternate translation: “who is from the royal line of David, who served him faithfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259	1:70	x1q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλάλησεν διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων & προφητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	God speaking by the mouth of the prophets represents God inspiring them to say what he wanted them to say. Alternate translation: “he inspired his holy prophets to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
260	1:70	l089		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπ’ αἰῶνος	1	This is an idiom. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:33. Alternate translation: “a long time ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
261	1:71	d13g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save” or “rescue.” It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will save us from our enemies” or “He will rescue us from our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
262	1:71	aye3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
263	1:71	c6n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χειρὸς	1	The hand figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264	1:72	w97a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
265	1:72	l090		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could say explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266	1:72	l091		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	Here, the term fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	1:72	z5wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	In this context, the term remember figuratively describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
268	1:73	l092		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν	1	Here, the term father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
269	1:73	sk92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν	1	Zechariah is using the term grant, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
270	1:74	f4e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
271	1:74	gm55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν	1	The hand figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
272	1:74	v55j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφόβως	1	The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshipped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
273	1:75	l5n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns holiness and righteousness with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
274	1:75	tn5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom that means “in his presence,” and that suggests being in relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in relationship with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
275	1:75	l093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	Here, Zechariah uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
276	1:76	f6r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277	1:76	l094		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προφήτης & κληθήσῃ	1	As in 1:32, to be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
278	1:76	h2vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προφήτης & κληθήσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
279	1:76	bb3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
280	1:76	de7t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ & ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	As in 1:17, to go before is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281	1:76	l095		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	Zechariah is using the imagery of paths figuratively to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282	1:77	l096		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns salvation and forgiveness with the verbs “save” and “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them by forgiving their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283	1:77	t6d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase to give … knowledge is a figurative description of teaching. Alternate translation: “to teach God’s people that he wants to save them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
284	1:78	z861		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους	1	Zechariah speaks of the coming of the Savior as if it will be a sunrise that will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “the Savior who comes from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285	1:78	l097		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	Zechariah uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
286	1:78	l098		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπισκέψεται ἡμᾶς	1	As in 1:68, visit is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will come to help us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
287	1:79	sh2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπιφᾶναι	1	As in 1:78, light figuratively represents truth. Just as Zechariah described the Savior as like a sunrise in that verse, here he is describing the spiritual truth that the Savior will bring as if it will light up the earth. Alternate translation: “to show the truth to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
288	1:79	l099		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	To sit in a place is an idiom that means to be in that place. Alternate translation: “people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
289	1:79	k46q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	The shadow of death is an idiom that describes deep darkness. Alternate translation: “people who are in darkness, yes, even in deep darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
290	1:79	l100		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	Since light figuratively represents truth, darkness represents the absence of spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “people who do not know the truth, who do not know it at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
291	1:79	cnh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις	1	These two phrases work together to emphasize the deep spiritual darkness that people are in before God shows them mercy. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “people who do not know the truth at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
292	1:79	s3eb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	Zechariah is using the word guide figuratively to mean “teach,” and the expression the path of peace figuratively to represent living at peace with God. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
293	1:79	l101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	Zechariah is using the term feet figuratively to represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “to teach us how to live at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
294	1:80	q2ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	This word introduces the next part of the story. In this verse, Luke describes a few transitional events in order to move quickly from the birth of John to the beginning of his ministry as an adult. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
295	1:80	a8bz			ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι	1	This expression could mean one of two things. (1) As in 1:47, the word spirit could mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “he developed a strong character” (2) Luke could be describing how God kept the promise that Gabriel made to Zechariah in 1:15, that the Holy Spirit would empower his son. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered him”
296	1:80	eh9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	This expression means implicitly that John went to live there. Luke does not say at what age John did this. Alternate translation: “he went to live in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
297	1:80	qu12			ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	The term until does not indicate a stopping point. John continued to live out in the wilderness even after he started preaching publicly. In your translation, be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “through the time when he began to preach in public”
298	1:80	ie4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses the term day figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time when he began to preach in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
299	1:80	l102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
300	2:intro	dw6t				0	Luke 02 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus is born in the city of Bethlehem (2:1–20) Joseph and Mary dedicate Jesus, and Simeon and Anna speak about him (2:21–40) Jesus goes to Jerusalem with his parents for Passover (2:41–52) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in the song of the angels about Jesus’ birth in 2:14 and in Simeon’s song about Jesus in 2:29–32. Important textual issues in this chapter “his father and mother” In 2:33, the most accurate ancient manuscripts read “his father and mother.” ULT follows that reading. Some other ancient manuscripts read “Joseph and his mother.” That reading indicates that Joseph was not the biological father of Jesus, since Mary conceived him as a virgin. However, Joseph was the adoptive father of Jesus, and so the reading “his father and mother” is not incorrect. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading in ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
301	2:1	c887		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
302	2:1	l103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
303	2:1	e9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
304	2:1	gda6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ	1	The decree did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks figuratively as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
305	2:1	jtz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου	1	Caesar was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
306	2:1	l104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Αὐγούστου	1	Augustus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
307	2:1	tk59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
308	2:1	m39d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	The term world refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world figuratively by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
309	2:2	q9zw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κυρηνίου	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
310	2:2	l105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συρίας	1	This is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
311	2:3	s4im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐπορεύοντο πάντες	1	Luke describes the registration as already in progress in order to account for why Joseph and Mary had to travel at this time, late in her pregnancy. Alternate translation: “everyone was going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
312	2:3	h5e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν	1	The phrase his own city refers to the city where a person’s family had originally lived. A person might have since moved to a different city. Alternate translation: “to the city that their families came from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313	2:3	d64g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to provide their names for the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
314	2:4	l106		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
315	2:4	l107		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβη	1	Luke says went up because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
316	2:4	kz78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	Bethlehem was known as the city of David because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
317	2:4	l108		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318	2:4	l109		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, house and family line, connected with and. The term family line indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
319	2:4	s7a7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ οἴκου & Δαυείδ	1	As in 1:27, the word house figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
320	2:5	ktz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
321	2:5	ne7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
322	2:5	l110		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
323	2:6	qw6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
324	2:6	w4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	The word they refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
325	2:6	zr62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
326	2:6	l111		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
327	2:6	l112			τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	Your language may require you to state the object of deliver. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
328	2:7	l113		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
329	2:7	qq48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
330	2:7	s97r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ	1	A manger was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
331	2:7	yj6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	There was probably no room because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
332	2:7	l114		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	This term could mean an inn where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in 22:11 to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no guest room available for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
333	2:8	l115		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this term to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
334	2:8	l116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
335	2:9	x1y4			ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	Alternate translation: “an angel sent from the Lord”
336	2:9	u2di			ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
337	2:9	ca2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The glory of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” Isaiah 60:1. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338	2:9	l117		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
339	2:10	hnr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	As in 1:13, while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
340	2:10	l118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	The term behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
341	2:10	pw8t			εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
342	2:10	adz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὶ τῷ λαῷ	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) The angel could mean all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) This could be a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
343	2:11	l119		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a Savior has been born for you today” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344	2:11	z9m2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to 2:4. Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
345	2:11	l120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς	1	Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
346	2:12	yj15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
347	2:12	snr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) It could be a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “this sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
348	2:12	xx57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	See how you translated this in expression in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “wrapped securely in cloths” or “wrapped comfortably in a blanket” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
349	2:12	bua3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
350	2:13	b54a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλῆθος στρατιᾶς οὐρανίου	1	This phrase could refer to a literal army of angels, or it could be speaking figuratively of a large organized group of angels. Alternate translation: “a large group of angels from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351	2:13	e2gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	αἰνούντων τὸν Θεὸν καὶ λεγόντων	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two verbs connected with and. The angels said these words in order to praise God. Alternate translation: “who praised God by saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
352	2:14	p1fm			δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις Θεῷ	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) The angels could be describing where God should receive honor. In that case in the highest would mean “in the highest place,” that is, “in heaven,” and the phrase would parallel “on earth.” Alternate translation: “Give honor to God in heaven” (2) The angels could be describing what kind of honor God should receive. Alternate translation: “Give the highest honor to God”
353	2:14	y2b3			ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) This could be referring to God’s good pleasure with people. Alternate translation: “among people with whom God is pleased” (2) This could be referring to people who show good pleasure or “good will” to one another. Alternate translation: “among people of good will”
354	2:14	l121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, the term men has a generic meaning that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
355	2:15	au2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark a shift in the story, to what the shepherds did after the angels left. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
356	2:15	s4js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν & ἴδωμεν & ἡμῖν	1	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
357	2:16	l122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἦλθον σπεύσαντες	1	The two verbs went and hastening express a single idea. The word hastening tells how they went. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
358	2:16	rdi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	See how you translated the term manger in 2:7. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
359	2:17	n2qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
360	2:18	vh9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
361	2:19	reb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362	2:20	nqv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	2:20	c9x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν	1	The terms glorifying and praising mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
364	2:20	l123		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
365	2:21	b2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν	1	The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in 1:59, the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
366	2:21	ud24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
367	2:21	l124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
368	2:21	u6sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
369	2:21	l125		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
370	2:21	km8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
371	2:21	l126		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	In your language, it might seem that the phrase conceived in the womb expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
372	2:22	q9yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
373	2:22	b65l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	2:22	l127		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1	This is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
375	2:22	l128		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Luke says that they brought him up to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
376	2:22	lr25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
377	2:23	vlb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
378	2:23	l129		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
379	2:23	lnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	To open the womb is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
380	2:23	l130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	As in 1:32, be called is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
381	2:23	l131		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
382	2:24	ni3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
383	2:25	ytp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
384	2:25	l133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συμεών	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
385	2:25	n263		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής	1	The terms righteous and devout mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
386	2:25	l134		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	This is an idiomatic usage of the term waiting. It does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
387	2:25	l135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring consolation, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
388	2:25	l136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
389	2:25	m5au		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
390	2:25	xxw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The word upon creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391	2:26	l137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
392	2:26	psf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
393	2:26	l138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	To see death is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “he would not die before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	2:26	e6vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
395	2:27	k53l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
396	2:27	uqr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν & εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
397	2:27	y8la		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
398	2:27	wt3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	This means the parents of Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
399	2:27	h444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase to do according to the custom of the law refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in 2:22–25. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
400	2:28	l139		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
401	2:28	y5g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
402	2:29	l140		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου & ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
403	2:29	m6eg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	Simeon refers to himself as God’s servant in order to show humility and respect. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
404	2:29	g3wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου	1	Simeon uses a mild expression to refer to death. Alternate translation: “please let me die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
405	2:29	l141		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σου & σου	1	Here, the word your is singular because Simeon is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of your that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here and in 2:30 and 2:32, and the corresponding formal form for “you” in 2:31. However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who knows God well, as Simeon did, to address God using the informal form. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
406	2:29	e8fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the word or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
407	2:30	b7i6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	Simeon uses one part of himself, his eyes, to represent all of himself figuratively in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
408	2:30	ekw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σωτήριόν σου	1	This expression refers by association to the person who would bring salvation, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
409	2:31	zv1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of 2:30, then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said salvation in the previous phrase, then here you could say something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
410	2:31	l142		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	The term face figuratively represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
411	2:31	l143		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
412	2:32	n4k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν	1	This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical light that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
413	2:32	s5lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
414	2:32	ur8y			καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	Alternate translation: “and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you”
415	2:33	l144		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
416	2:33	pp9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
417	2:34	xly1			εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ	1	In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
418	2:34	p2cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Simeon uses this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	2:34	rs67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	The word downfall represents people turning away from God, by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression rising up represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
420	2:34	l145		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God has decided to use this child to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
421	2:34	abc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Simeon refers to to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
422	2:34	l146		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423	2:34	l147		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
424	2:34	l148		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	Simeon figuratively describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425	2:35	l149		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία	1	Simeon speaks figuratively of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a sword stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
426	2:35	hak5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
427	2:35	l150		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	In this expression, hearts figuratively represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
428	2:36	kd1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις	1	Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman there in the temple whose name was Anna. She was a prophetess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
429	2:36	l151		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἅννα	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
430	2:36	c7wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Φανουήλ	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431	2:36	l152		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	As in 1:7, to have moved forward or to have advanced means figuratively to have aged. Alternate translation: “she was very old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
432	2:36	l153		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς	1	Luke uses the term days figuratively to mean time in general. Alternate translation: “She was very old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
433	2:36	b9xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπὸ τῆς παρθενίας αὐτῆς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “after she married him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
434	2:37	byk6			αὐτὴ χήρα ἕως ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Anna had been a widow for 84 years. Alternate translation: “but then her husband had died and she had not remarried, and 84 years had gone by since” (2) Anna was a widow who was now 84 years old. Alternate translation: “but her husband had died and she had not remarried, and now she was 84 years old”
435	2:37	l154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
436	2:37	f2lt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “She was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
437	2:37	a1cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα	1	The term serving is an idiom that means “worshipping.” Alternate translation: “worshipping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
438	2:37	l155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	Luke is using the two parts of a day figuratively to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
439	2:38	c9e4			ἐπιστᾶσα	1	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
440	2:38	l156		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ	1	Here, Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
441	2:38	l157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν	1	The term all is an generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “many others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
442	2:38	l158		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	See how you translated this in 2:25. Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
443	2:38	q1ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is using the word redemption figuratively to mean the person who would bring redemption. Alternate translation: “the one who would redeem Jerusalem” or “the person who would bring God’s blessings and favor back to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
444	2:38	l159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel figuratively by the name of their capital city, Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
445	2:39	pk9z			πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου	1	Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
446	2:39	g5vg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
447	2:40	l160		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
448	2:40	qm1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
449	2:40	xr2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
450	2:41	h6fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
451	2:41	q3f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
452	2:42	l161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
453	2:42	f7e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going up to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
454	2:42	d52y			κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
455	2:42	g8aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a feast because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
456	2:43	e5en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
457	2:44	y77i			νομίσαντες δὲ	1	Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
458	2:44	jcz4			ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν	1	Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
459	2:44	l162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The word at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
460	2:44	l163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461	2:46	llz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
462	2:46	yy11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this implicitly means the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
463	2:46	n1tl			ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων	1	Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
464	2:46	fzz6			τῶν διδασκάλων	1	Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
465	2:47	y1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him was amazed because they could not understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no religious education could answer so well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	2:47	pgu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term understanding may tell what characterized Jesus’ answers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
467	2:48	llk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
468	2:48	f1ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως?	1	Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
469	2:48	w361		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Mary uses this term to get Jesus to focus his attention on what she is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
470	2:48	l164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ πατήρ σου κἀγὼ, ὀδυνώμενοι ζητοῦμεν σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the passive verbal form have been tormented with an adverb. Alternate translation: “your father and I have been searching for you anxiously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
471	2:49	l165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to draw a contrast between how readers might have expected Jesus to respond in this situation and how he actually responded. He did not say he was sorry for causing his parents so much worry. Instead, he told them that they should have known where to find him. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
472	2:49	r8eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ὅτι ἐζητεῖτέ με?	1	Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question. He is using the question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should not have had to search for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
473	2:49	va82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ᾔδειτε ὅτι ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου δεῖ εἶναί με?	1	Once again Jesus is making a statement, not really asking a question, but using a question form to challenge his parents respectfully. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I would be involved in my Father’s business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
474	2:49	p6aj			ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	This phrase could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be saying that he needed to be involved in the things that God was concerned about. Alternate translation: “involved in my Father’s business” (2) Jesus could be referring to the temple as a place that was dedicated to God. Alternate translation: “in my Father’s temple” or “here in the temple”
475	2:49	n76z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
476	2:50	l166		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The term word refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
477	2:51	h2i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going down when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
478	2:51	zl2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
479	2:51	ceu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	As in 2:19, the heart here figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
480	2:52	gb25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns wisdom and stature with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
481	2:52	y5qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun favor with verbs. The phrase in favor with God and people refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
482	3:intro	tkg5				0	Luke 03 General Notes Structure and formatting John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1–22) The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23–38) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4–6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist. Special concepts in this chapter Justice John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12–15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke 3:12-15) Genealogy A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphor Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4–6 from Isaiah 40:3–5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4–6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Herod locked up John in prison” This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
483	3:1	l167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
484	3:1	l168		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
485	3:1	l169		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	As in 2:1, Caesar is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
486	3:1	l170		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
487	3:1	v22w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου & Ἡρῴδου & Φιλίππου & Λυσανίου	1	These are the names of men. Here, the Herod mentioned is not the same one as in 1:5. Rather, it is his son. Luke mentions him many further times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
488	3:1	uv8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας & τῆς Γαλιλαίας & τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος & τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	These are names of territories. Like Galilee, the name Judea occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
489	3:1	l171		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τετραρχοῦντος	1	In the Roman Empire, a tetrarch was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
490	3:2	d3m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καϊάφα	1	Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this point the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and there had been some intrigue surrounding Annas. One Roman official had appointed him some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’s claim to the position. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “while Annas and Caiaphas were both serving as the high priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
491	3:2	dg8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	Luke speaks of God’s message as though it were a living thing that could come to the person whom God wanted to speak it. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
492	3:2	l172		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	The term word figuratively describes the message that God gave John to say by using words. Alternate translation: “God gave a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
493	3:3	l173		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
494	3:3	l174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	This is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495	3:3	w2pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns baptism and repentance with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
496	3:3	cnm1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract noun forgiveness with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
497	3:4	zf6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
498	3:4	l175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to refer to the sayings of Isaiah, which he used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
499	3:4	b86g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	From this phrase through to the end of 3:6, Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
500	3:4	l176		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The term voice refers figuratively to what this person is saying, by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
501	3:4	l177		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Everything from this phrase through to the end of 3:6 is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
502	3:4	rzv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
503	3:4	h9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
504	3:5	wk8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in 1:52, “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
505	3:5	e52x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
506	3:5	s66m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
507	3:5	l178		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας	1	This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is crooked becoming straight and something that is rough becoming smooth can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
508	3:6	l179		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	Luke is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
509	3:6	l180		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὄψεται	1	The term see is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
510	3:6	du1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται & τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
511	3:6	l181		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in 3:4 to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
512	3:6	l182		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in 3:4 to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
513	3:7	sxn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
514	3:7	b724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	The expression offspring of is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
515	3:7	l183		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	If your readers would not recognize the name vipers, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could say something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
516	3:7	mcq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You cannot escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
517	3:7	g7tw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	John is using the word wrath to refer figuratively to God’s punishment, because the punishment is an expression of God’s wrath or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
518	3:8	pz16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε & καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	John is figuratively comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
519	3:8	l184		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
520	3:8	l185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We have Abraham as our father is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting John’s words to the crowd, and John is quoting something that the crowds might wrongly think. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “do not try to reassure yourselves with the thought that Abraham is your father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
521	3:8	l186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, Father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
522	3:8	l187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	John is suggesting something the people might say about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “we” and “us,” use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
523	3:8	l188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word father figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
524	3:8	pft3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	If it would be unclear to your readers why they would say this, you may also add the implied information: Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
525	3:8	gbp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	The expression raise up is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
526	3:8	l189		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	Here, the word children figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
527	3:8	pi82			ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
528	3:9	r5pa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
529	3:9	l190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
530	3:9	l8it		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
531	3:9	l191		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
532	3:10	ak6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν & λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
533	3:11	g3ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words answering and said mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
534	3:11	vuk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535	3:12	pp3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦλθον & βαπτισθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
536	3:12	l192			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
537	3:13	v9ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον & πράσσετε	1	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
538	3:13	m136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
539	3:14	w2d8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
540	3:14	l3mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
541	3:14	bvy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
542	3:14	l193		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	3	This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
543	3:15	pgp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
544	3:15	l194		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
545	3:15	czb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses the term hearts figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
546	3:16	fn1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
547	3:16	l195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων & ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	Together the words answered and saying mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
548	3:16	wj3h			ἐγὼ & ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
549	3:16	k3hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
550	3:16	jjp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
551	3:16	c1an		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει & πυρί	1	The word fire is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	3:17	jzm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	3:17	l196		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase in his hand is an idiom that means he has the tool all ready to use. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He has his winnowing fork ready to use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
554	3:17	b1ap		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πτύον	1	This is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
555	3:17	gf8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	διακαθᾶραι τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ	1	The threshing floor was the place where wheat was stacked in preparation for threshing. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. Alternate translation: “to completely thresh all of his grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
556	3:17	gt3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	συναγαγεῖν τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην αὐτοῦ	1	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
557	3:17	ky8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ	1	John continues to speak figuratively to describe how the coming Messiah will judge people. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “but he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
558	3:18	tyj9			πολλὰ & καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
559	3:19	l197		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this term to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in 3:21 that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
560	3:19	jj3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ & Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
561	3:19	l198		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
562	3:19	cu4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive, which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
563	3:20	p2xw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking figuratively of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “he had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
564	3:21	l199		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with, “But before John was put in prison.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
565	3:21	phe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
566	3:21	r2x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “While John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	3:21	l200		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	The phrase all the people is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
568	3:21	nw1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	You could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
569	3:21	i5zg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	You could say this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570	3:22	q2yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
571	3:22	h7tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
572	3:23	uvm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
573	3:23	d3sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	This is an idiomatic expression, and it could mean one of two things. (1) The word beginning could be a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about thirty years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke could also be saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just thirty years old at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
574	3:23	z2xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575	3:24	f8pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” or (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
576	3:25	xdc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
577	3:26	vt9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
578	3:27	z85v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰωανὰν, τοῦ Ῥησὰ, τοῦ Ζοροβαβὲλ, τοῦ Σαλαθιὴλ, τοῦ Νηρεὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that begins in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
579	3:28	yf2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἀδδεὶ, τοῦ Κωσὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλμαδὰμ, τοῦ Ἢρ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
580	3:29	led5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ Ἐλιέζερ, τοῦ Ἰωρεὶμ, τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
581	3:30	s7aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Συμεὼν, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τοῦ Ἰωνὰμ, τοῦ Ἐλιακεὶμ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
582	3:31	w1m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μελεὰ, τοῦ Μεννὰ, τοῦ Ματταθὰ, τοῦ Ναθὰμ, τοῦ Δαυεὶδ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
583	3:32	ed2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ, τοῦ Ἰωβὴλ, τοῦ Βόος, τοῦ Σαλὰ, τοῦ Ναασσὼν	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
584	3:33	ur9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἀμιναδὰβ, τοῦ Ἀδμεὶν, τοῦ Ἀρνεὶ, τοῦ Ἑσρὼμ, τοῦ Φαρὲς, τοῦ Ἰούδα	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
585	3:34	wkq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰακὼβ, τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ, τοῦ Θάρα, τοῦ Ναχὼρ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
586	3:35	jbl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Σεροὺχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαὺ, τοῦ Φάλεκ, τοῦ Ἔβερ, τοῦ Σαλὰ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
587	3:36	xit8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Καϊνὰμ, τοῦ Ἀρφαξὰδ, τοῦ Σὴμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
588	3:37	qev8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Μαθουσαλὰ, τοῦ Ἑνὼχ, τοῦ Ἰάρετ, τοῦ Μαλελεὴλ, τοῦ Καϊνὰμ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
589	3:38	ni8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἐνὼς, τοῦ Σὴθ, τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
590	3:38	ck3f			τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the son of Adam, whom God created” or “the son of Adam, who was, in a sense, the son of God”
591	4:intro	r3vy				0	Luke 04 General Notes Structure and formatting The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1–13) Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14–30) Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31–44) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Jesus was tempted by the devil” While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
592	4:1	n1xx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus’ ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
593	4:1	l201		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	This is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
594	4:1	v18k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
595	4:2	bls8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the forty days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
596	4:2	hg5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the devil kept tempting him” or “the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
597	4:2	k47d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word he refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
598	4:3	bg52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & ὁ διάβολος	1	The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
599	4:3	l202		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the stone will only become bread if Jesus is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
600	4:3	y7yf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
601	4:4	l203		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
602	4:4	kde3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603	4:4	l204		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
604	4:4	hr5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605	4:4	ek2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	The word bread refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
606	4:4	l205		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, man has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
607	4:5	wm17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	The implication is that the devil brought Jesus up to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
608	4:5	jxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	In your language, it might seem that the phrase an instant of time expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
609	4:6	l206		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
610	4:6	dcx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	The word it likely refers back to the singular antecedent all this authority, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate it should agree with authority in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
611	4:7	g7h9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
612	4:7	l207		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον	1	Here, the term before means “in front of.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
613	4:7	uca7			ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα	1	Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
614	4:8	v8ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
615	4:8	l208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
616	4:8	m4tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
617	4:8	xj35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
618	4:8	bch3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
619	4:8	q8ni		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	προσκυνήσεις	1	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of you because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of you if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether you is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
620	4:9	j8r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ πτερύγιον	1	The term the highest point refers to the tip or extremity of something. If you have a similar term in your language, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “the apex” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
621	4:9	g2n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that Jesus will be able to jump safely from this great height if he really is the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by jumping safely from this great height” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
622	4:9	j9nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
623	4:9	i81s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
624	4:10	l209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
625	4:10	f5dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
626	4:10	s2g4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
627	4:10	nld8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	He refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
628	4:11	l210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
629	4:11	l211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	The Scriptures are figuratively using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
630	4:12	l212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
631	4:12	l213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
632	4:12	fy8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
633	4:12	cf6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
634	4:12	gf8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
635	4:13	nc2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν	1	This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636	4:13	qqd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase an opportune time to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
637	4:14	yfc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
638	4:14	ht5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
639	4:14	dhj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν & περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this news as if it were something that could go out actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
640	4:14	hah9			καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
641	4:15	ik8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
642	4:16	l214		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
643	4:16	ulb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
644	4:16	g4sv			κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
645	4:17	l215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
646	4:17	i9hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
647	4:17	l216		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
648	4:17	x52a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	A scroll was a long, wide roll of special paper, on which someone had written the words that Isaiah had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a scroll is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
649	4:17	w5s9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
650	4:18	h1rm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in 2:25, upon is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
651	4:18	q96y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
652	4:18	l6ac		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς & τυφλοῖς	1	Luke is using the adjectives poor and blind as nouns, to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
653	4:18	a9wn			κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
654	4:18	mzp4			κηρύξαι & τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
655	4:18	utq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656	4:19	z262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν	1	Luke is using the term year figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
657	4:20	sm11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον	1	A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
658	4:20	ehx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	The term the attendant refers to a synagogue worker who would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures with proper care and reverence. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
659	4:20	l217		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
660	4:20	pu89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	Luke is using one part of people, their eyes, figuratively to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
661	4:21	l218		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον	1	Today figuratively refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
662	4:21	b1ix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
663	4:21	iij8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν	1	In this expression, the ears figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
664	4:22	k2xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος	1	Luke uses the term words figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
665	4:22	l219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις & τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
666	4:22	ty6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ υἱός ἐστιν Ἰωσὴφ οὗτος?	1	The people were making a statement, not asking a question. They did not expect others to verify for them who Jesus’ father was. Instead, they were using the question form to say how amazed they were. Joseph was not a religious leader, so they were surprised that his son would preach as well he did. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This is just Joseph’s son!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
667	4:23	l220		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πάντως ἐρεῖτέ μοι τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν; ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Surely you will quote the proverb to me that tells a doctor to heal himself, to ask me to do the same things here in my hometown that you heard happened in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
668	4:23	u4ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἰατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν	1	Jesus anticipates that the people will want to see him do miracles to prove his credibility. He uses a short popular saying of the culture to express this. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “If a doctor cannot heal himself of a certain disease, then people will not believe that he can heal them of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
669	4:23	ww1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα εἰς τὴν Καφαρναοὺμ, ποίησον καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ πατρίδι σου	1	Jesus then explains how the short saying applies to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explicitly state the implications of his explanation. Alternate translation: “We will not believe the things you say unless you can do the same kind of miracles here that we heard you did in Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
670	4:24	q3a9			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
671	4:24	n2cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus makes a short, general statement in order to rebuke the people. This saying expresses a great deal of meaning in a few words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could expand it to make clear to your readers what it means. Alternate translation: “You think you know all about me because I grew up here, and so you cannot accept that I am genuinely a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
672	4:25	u896			ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
673	4:25	l221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
674	4:25	g8r3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
675	4:25	l222		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
676	4:25	spq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	Jesus figuratively describes the sky as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
677	4:25	ukl6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λιμὸς μέγας	1	A famine is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
678	4:26	l223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
679	4:26	l224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
680	4:26	zsi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς Σάρεπτα & πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν	1	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
681	4:26	l225		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας	1	Zarephath is the name of a city, and Sidon is the name of the region where it is located. This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
682	4:27	l226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683	4:27	l227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
684	4:27	l229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
685	4:27	mbs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman is the name of a man, and Syrian is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
686	4:28	l230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
687	4:28	ca1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
688	4:28	l231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
689	4:28	l232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s rage as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
690	4:29	l233		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
691	4:29	l234		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
692	4:30	k7dg			διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
693	4:30	m45c			ἐπορεύετο	1	Alternate translation: “he left that place”
694	4:31	ynf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
695	4:31	ib1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	Here, Luke uses the phrase went down because Capernaum is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
696	4:31	ky4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might say “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
697	4:32	qk28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
698	4:32	j4ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
699	4:33	l235		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
700	4:33	fax1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
701	4:33	i93n			ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου	1	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by an evil spirit”
702	4:33	e539		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “he shouted loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
703	4:34	y1xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
704	4:34	fkp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί	1	This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
705	4:35	m8es			ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
706	4:35	l236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φιμώθητι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
707	4:35	me6n			ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
708	4:36	l237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας	1	Luke speaks figuratively of astonishment as if it were something that actively came upon the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
709	4:36	l238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
710	4:36	h7wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	The people are making a statement, not asking a question. They do not expect anyone to explain what Jesus’ teaching is. Instead, they are using the question form to express how amazed they are that Jesus has the authority to command demons to leave a person. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is a powerful message!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
711	4:36	dgz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν	1	The words authority and power mean similar things. The people use the two terms together to emphasize what great control Jesus has over unclean spirits. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms in a single phrase that would similarly express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “he has complete authority over the unclean spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
712	4:37	q25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This is a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
713	4:37	l239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
714	4:37	xca8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this news as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in 4:14, this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
715	4:38	jn3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
716	4:38	l240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
717	4:38	l241		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
718	4:38	tf3d			πενθερὰ & τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you can use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
719	4:38	lls1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “She was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
720	4:38	cp21			ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “she was so sick that her skin was hot”
721	4:38	z3qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the fever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
722	4:39	pla1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
723	4:39	v8uf			ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
724	4:39	ed8r			ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν	1	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
725	4:39	qtn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
726	4:40	l242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίο	1	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
727	4:40	zpk9			τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “placing his hands on” or “touching”
728	4:41	bp7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο & καὶ δαιμόνια	1	The implication is that Jesus made the demons leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
729	4:41	ag15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα	1	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The verb crying out tells how they were saying what follows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
730	4:41	dik3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
731	4:42	rt5n			γενομένης & ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
732	4:42	d1pr			ἔρημον τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “a deserted place” or “a place where there were no people”
733	4:42	l243			κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
734	4:43	l244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί & τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
735	4:43	sjy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	Jesus actually means the people who live in these cities. He is describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
736	4:43	b45z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
737	4:44	s5mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term Judea here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
738	5:intro	axr7				0	Luke 05 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1–11) Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12–26) Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27–32) Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33–39) Special concepts in this chapter “You will catch men” Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Sinners When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Fasting and Feasting People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Healthy and sick people To correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31–32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Implicit information In several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Past Events Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
739	5:1	zc8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
740	5:1	wsf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “the message Jesus was bringing from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
741	5:1	p6im		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ	1	This is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
742	5:2	t96r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα	1	The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing nets to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
743	5:3	f7z8			ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος	1	Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
744	5:3	liq1			ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον	1	Alternate translation: “asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
745	5:3	rc1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθίσας	1	As in 4:20, sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
746	5:3	vbx7			ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
747	5:4	rk9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν	1	The implication is that Jesus had been speaking in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
748	5:5	l245		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
749	5:5	wbb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου	1	Here, Peter uses the term word figuratively to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “because you have told me to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
750	5:7	n2fp			κατένευσαν	1	The Greek text does not specify how they signaled, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned”
751	5:7	pr7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βυθίζεσθαι αὐτά	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason for this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they began to sink because the fish were so heavy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
752	5:8	r8j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν Ἰησοῦ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Peter did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect. Alternate translation: “bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
753	5:8	j67m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός	1	Here, the word man means “adult male,” not the more general “human being.” So Peter is not saying generally, “I am a sinful person.” He really does mean, “I personally am a sinful man.” Be sure that that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
754	5:9	l246		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	θάμβος & περιέσχεν αὐτὸν	1	Luke describes Peter’s amazement figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of him. Alternate translation: “he was completely amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
755	5:9	c2eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἄγρᾳ τῶν ἰχθύων	1	The implication is that this was a very large catch. Alternate translation: “the great number of fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
756	5:10	l247		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην, υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου	1	James and John are the names of men, and Zebedee is the name of their father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
757	5:10	k4ft		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι	1	Luke provides this information to introduce these new participants in the story. Alternate translation: “who were Simon’s partners in the fishing business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
758	5:10	u6zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνθρώπους ἔσῃ ζωγρῶν	1	Jesus is using the image of catching fish figuratively to describe gathering people to follow him. Alternate translation: “you will gather people for me” or “you will persuade people to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
759	5:11	abca			τὴν γῆν	1	Alternate translation: “the shore”
760	5:12	j1xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
761	5:12	l248		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
762	5:12	r35h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ πλήρης λέπρας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was covered with leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
763	5:12	i3zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πεσὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον	1	This is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
764	5:12	m4k2			ἐὰν θέλῃς	1	Alternate translation: “if you want to”
765	5:12	x7ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	The man is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
766	5:12	ys5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	The man talks about becoming clean ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is really asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. Alternate translation: “heal me from leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
767	5:13	ziz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
768	5:13	l48a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the man’s leprosy as if it were something that could actively go away from him. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
769	5:14	q18t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
770	5:14	l249		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
771	5:14	v1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
772	5:14	jk14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
773	5:14	nz37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could say either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
774	5:15	ng3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	διήρχετο & μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this word as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
775	5:15	q4t2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describes the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
776	5:15	l250		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
777	5:16	l251			αὐτὸς & ἦν ὑποχωρῶν	1	This verb indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew”
778	5:16	sv6f			ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
779	5:17	mb8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
780	5:17	l252		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Ἰουδαίας	1	Luke generalizes by saying every in order to emphasize from how many different villages these religious leaders came. Alternate translation: “from villages throughout Galilee and Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
781	5:17	l253		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δύναμις Κυρίου ἦν εἰς τὸ ἰᾶσθαι αὐτόν	1	As often in this book, upon is a spatial metaphor. In this case, it means that the power of the Lord was with Jesus in a special way, specifically, to enable him to heal people. Alternate translation: “the Lord was giving Jesus special power to heal people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
782	5:18	l254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
783	5:18	cl7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνδρες φέροντες ἐπὶ κλίνης ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there were some men who were carrying a paralyzed man on a mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
784	5:18	l9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κλίνης	1	This was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
785	5:18	z2n2			ἦν παραλελυμένος	1	Alternate translation: “who was unable to move by himself”
786	5:18	abc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
787	5:19	y491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “But because the crowd of people had filled the house, they could not find a way to bring the man inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
788	5:19	rkm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν ὄχλον	1	The implication is that they could not enter because the crowd was so large that there was no room for them. Alternate translation: “because the crowd of people had filled the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
789	5:19	s7bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	In this culture, houses had flat roofs, and many houses had a staircase outside that provided access to the roof. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they went up the outside staircase onto the flat roof of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
790	5:19	abc7			καθῆκαν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
791	5:19	l255		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
792	5:19	l85u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
793	5:20	l83a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	The implication is that through their actions, Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
794	5:20	z4ek			ἄνθρωπε	1	This was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
795	5:20	c7r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
796	5:21	l256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term the scribes does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
797	5:21	l257		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	This is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
798	5:21	ie5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαλογίζεσθαι	1	These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
799	5:21	l258		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	λέγοντες	1	Luke uses the word saying to introduce his quotation of what the religious leaders were thinking. If you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
800	5:21	a86c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασφημίας?	1	These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this mean Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view, he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man is speaking blasphemies!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
801	5:21	s21n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ Θεός?	1	Once again the religious leaders are using a question form for emphasis, and you can translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one can forgive sins but God alone!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
802	5:22	z4k5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς & τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς αὐτῶν	1	This phrase indicates that they were reasoning silently, so the implication is that Jesus sensed what they were thinking. Alternate translation: “sensing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
803	5:22	l259		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were thinking. Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
804	5:22	et8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus does not expect the religious leaders to explain why they are thinking these things. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that they should not be thinking them. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
805	5:22	p2hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	The term hearts figuratively represents the thoughts of these people. Alternate translation: “thinking these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806	5:23	zid2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	Jesus is using the form of a question in order to teach. He wants to make the scribes and Pharisees reflect on the situation and realize something. There are many implications. For example, these religious leaders may take the question in the sense, “Which is easier to get away with saying?” The answer would be, “Your sins are forgiven,” because people don’t expect visual proof of that, whereas if someone says, “Get up and walk,” and nothing happens, then that proves the speaker doesn’t have the power to heal. But Jesus likely intends the question in a different sense: “Which is the easier way to deal with a situation like this?” It appears that the man’s sickness has something to do with his sins, because Jesus forgives them. So in such a situation, it would not be sufficient to say, “Get up and walk,” since it would address the effect but not the cause. But to say, “Your sins are forgiven,” would deal with both the cause and the effect, so that would be the easier way to deal with the situation. But there are many other implications that could also be drawn out as well—too many to include in the text of a translation. Rather, since the question form is intrinsic to Jesus’ teaching method, you may simply wish to retain it in your translation. However, to show that he is teaching, not asking for information, you could introduce his question with a phrase that indicates its purpose. Alternate translation: “Think about this. Which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
807	5:23	l260		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
808	5:24	f1lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
809	5:24	l261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The title Son of Man is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” or, in the first person, “that I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
810	5:24	l262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	As in 5:13, this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
811	5:25	agg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς	1	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
812	5:25	l263		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	Here, the term before means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
813	5:26	l264		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας	1	Luke describes the amazement of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
814	5:26	f6tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
815	5:26	l265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου	1	Luke describes the fear of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
816	5:27	k6r2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression these things refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
817	5:27	abc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
818	5:27	xf15			ἐθεάσατο τελώνην	1	The word that Luke uses for saw indicates that Jesus gave careful attention to this man when he saw him. Alternate translation: “observed a tax collector” or “looked carefully at a tax collector”
819	5:27	l266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
820	5:27	b3tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	This is not a command, but an invitation. Jesus is encouraging Levi to do this if he wants. Alternate translation: “I want you to become my disciple” or “I invite you to come and follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
821	5:28	phw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καταλιπὼν πάντα	1	Here, the word everything is a generalization that refers to Levi’s position as a tax collector and the advantages that came with it. Alternate translation: “he left his work as a tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
822	5:28	abc0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	καταλιπὼν πάντα, ἀναστὰς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he got up and left everything behind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
823	5:29	l267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
824	5:29	g6yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun his refers to Levi, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
825	5:29	ip2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακείμενοι	1	In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “lying on banqueting couches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
826	5:30	n82u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	In this case, the pronoun his refers to Jesus, not to Levi. Alternate translation: “to Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
827	5:30	tmm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε?	1	The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
828	5:30	pi2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	The word you is plural, since the Pharisees are speaking to the disciples as a group, not to one particular disciple. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
829	5:30	l268		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε	1	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “share meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
830	5:30	ze7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	The Pharisees may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The previous verse says that there were many tax collectors at this banquet. So the term sinners may tell what the Pharisees thought these tax collectors were. Alternate translation: “with sinful tax collectors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
831	5:31	l269		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the religious leaders were complaining about. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
832	5:31	t6iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
833	5:31	i9gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	The proverb expresses the idea compactly, and so it leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, it is people who are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
834	5:32	g993		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	Luke is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
835	5:32	l270		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
836	5:32	l271		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun repentance with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
837	5:33	f6g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν	1	The word they refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
838	5:33	l272		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
839	5:33	l273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
840	5:33	l274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
841	5:34	l275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that answer. ULT shows this by adding can you? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
842	5:34	hxe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation they are already familiar with. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
843	5:34	q9k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος	1	The expression sons of is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
844	5:35	z8ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ	1	Here, Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
845	5:35	he9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	Jesus is speaking of himself figuratively as the bridegroom, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
846	5:35	l276		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
847	5:35	l277		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Jesus is again using the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
848	5:36	a4zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
849	5:36	qz5e			ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
850	5:36	xj2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Jesus uses this expression to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not actually mend a garment in that way. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
851	5:37	n35t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀσκοὺς	1	These were bags made out of animal skins for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with wineskins, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
852	5:37	l278		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
853	5:37	ac7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς	1	When the new wine fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch out. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
854	5:37	dw18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
855	5:37	l279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
856	5:38	ijm3			ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς	1	See how you translated the term wineskins in 5:37. Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
857	5:39	l280		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You can supply them in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
858	5:39	pvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	Jesus is figuratively contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not receptive to the new things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
859	6:intro	vv2y				0	Luke 06 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about the Sabbath (6:1–11) Jesus chooses twelve apostles (6:12–16) Jesus teaches about being his disciple (6:17–49) The long teaching in Luke 6:20-49 begins with blessings and woes that are similar to the beginning of the long teaching in Matthew 5-7. That part of Matthew has traditionally been called the “Sermon on the Mount.” The teaching here in Luke has many other similarities with the one in Matthew’s gospel. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Special concepts in this chapter “Eating the grain” When the disciples plucked and ate the grain in a field they were walking through on the Sabbath (Luke 6:1), the Pharisees said that they were breaking the law of Moses. The Pharisees said this because they thought that the disciples were doing work by picking the grain, and so they were disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees did not think the disciples were stealing. That is because the law of Moses told farmers to allow travelers to pluck and eat small amounts of grain from plants in fields that they traveled through or near. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The twelve disciples The following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. The man whom Luke calls Jude the son of James is probably the same man whom Matthew and Mark call Thaddaeus. However, you do not need to explain that in your translation or give both names. You can translate Luke’s list as he wrote it, and allow Bible teachers to explain the reason for the difference.
860	6:1	c4sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
861	6:1	x5zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σπορίμων	1	These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of grain plant, and grain is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
862	6:1	rl46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στάχυας	1	The heads are the topmost part of the grain plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “the parts that held the seeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
863	6:1	h9fy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν	1	The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
864	6:2	z32z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
865	6:2	m76z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
866	6:2	dum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Here, the word you is plural. It refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
867	6:3	l281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the objection that the Pharisees raised. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
868	6:3	vih6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, ὃ ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ ὅτε ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες	1	Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures suggest otherwise, in the passage that tells what David did when he and those who were with him were hungry.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
869	6:4	l282			ὡς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If you made the first part of the quotation in 6:3 a separate sentence, begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He entered into the house of God”
870	6:4	l283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the tabernacle as the house of God as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
871	6:4	yyh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	The phrase the bread of the presence refers to loaves of bread that were placed on a table in the temple as an offering to God. They represented how the people of Israel lived in the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread that was offered to God” or “the bread that showed God lived among the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
872	6:4	l284			οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate senence. Alternate translation: “The law says that only the priests can eat that bread”
873	6:5	h453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
874	6:5	l285		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	6:5	xy9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Κύριός ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	The title Lord figuratively describes Jesus’ authority over the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “has authority over the Sabbath” or, if you translated in the first person, “have authority over the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876	6:6	p1ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
877	6:6	d44q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1	This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
878	6:6	t77y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά	1	This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his right hand was shriveled” or “his right hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
879	6:7	q3sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρετηροῦντο & αὐτὸν	1	The word him refers to Jesus, not to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “were watching Jesus carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
880	6:7	c1qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἵνα εὕρωσιν κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to find something that they could accuse him of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
881	6:8	d7zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	The implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. Alternate translation: “stand here where everyone can see you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
882	6:9	j8y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The term them refers to the scribes and Pharisees. Alternate translation: “to the scribes and Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
883	6:9	m5yz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀπολέσαι?	1	Jesus asks this question to get the Pharisees to admit that it is legitimate to heal on the Sabbath. The intent of the question is therefore rhetorical. Jesus is not trying to obtain information, he wants someone to admit that something is true. However, Jesus says, “I ask you,” so this question is not like other rhetorical questions that might appropriately be translated as statements. This one should be translated as a question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
884	6:9	dc6f			ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
885	6:10	abcb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
886	6:10	x77k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
887	6:10	hce1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
888	6:11	l286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
889	6:11	l287		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	αὐτοὶ & ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the rage of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
890	6:11	l288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
891	6:12	e4s7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
892	6:12	gzn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
893	6:12	l289			ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	While the term mountain is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
894	6:12	l7by		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	6:13	vep8			ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	Alternate translation: “The next morning”
896	6:13	j9w7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα	1	The term them refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose twelve of those disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
897	6:13	zgh6			οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν	1	The term apostle comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messenger” or “delegate.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean one of the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
898	6:14	l290		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνα & Πέτρον & Ἀνδρέαν & Ἰάκωβον & Ἰωάννην & Φίλιππον & Βαρθολομαῖον	1	These are seven men’s names. (The second name is a nickname for the first man.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
899	6:14	zdq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	The term his refers to Simon. Alternate translation: “Simon’s brother, Andrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
900	6:15	l291		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαθθαῖον & Θωμᾶν & Ἰάκωβον Ἁλφαίου & Σίμωνα	1	These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
901	6:15	l292		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Μαθθαῖον	1	This man is often identified with the man named Levi whom Jesus calls to follow him in 5:27. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
902	6:15	et48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζηλωτὴν	1	The term Zealot could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
903	6:16	l293		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰακώβου	1	Judas is the name of a man, and James is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
904	6:16	l294		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	Judas is the name of a man, and Iscariot is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
905	6:16	g24m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	It may be helpful to explain what traitor means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
906	6:17	i5gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	In this context, the term them refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in 6:13. Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
907	6:17	l295		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
908	6:18	dpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
909	6:18	wfm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
910	6:19	l296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος & πάντας	1	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
911	6:19	y2cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this power as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
912	6:20	l297		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
913	6:20	ymg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι	1	This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
914	6:20	xj9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” or “you who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
915	6:20	y18c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
916	6:20	k34r			ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you” or (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God”
917	6:21	l344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	As in 6:20, the expression blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
918	6:21	l298		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
919	6:21	l299		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
920	6:21	tg8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γελάσετε	1	Jesus is figuratively describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
921	6:22	h8ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	As in 6:20, the expression blessed indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
922	6:22	r5cg			ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “reject you”
923	6:22	l300		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὡς πονηρὸν	1	The term name is a figurative way of referring to the reputation of a person. Alternate translation: “consider you to have a bad reputation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
924	6:22	jz7x			ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Alternate translation: “because you associate with the Son of Man” or “because they reject the Son of Man”
925	6:22	l301		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person, using this title to emphasize to the special role that God has given him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Son of Man” or “because they reject me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
926	6:22	l302		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνεκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “because you associate with me, the Messiah” or “because they reject me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
927	6:23	bw14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term day figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “when they do those things” or “when that happens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
928	6:23	d97t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σκιρτήσατε	1	This is an idiom that means to be extremely joyful. Jesus is not telling the disciples literally to jump into the air. Alternate translation: “be very happy” or “celebrate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
929	6:23	l303		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “because, listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
930	6:23	e3kb			ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς	1	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
931	6:23	l304		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	Here, the term fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
932	6:24	c6lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	The phrase woe to you is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
933	6:24	v1bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
934	6:24	cs2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
935	6:25	l305		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated this in 6:24. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
936	6:25	de8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
937	6:25	l8nr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ γελῶντες	1	The word laughing refers figuratively to being happy, by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “who are happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
938	6:25	l306		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε	1	The phrase mourn and weep expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word mourn tells why these people are weeping. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “weep mournfully” or “weep because you are so sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
939	6:26	tn96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαὶ	1	See how you translated this in 6:24. Alternate translation: “how terrible it is for you” or “trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
940	6:26	j9yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “when all people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
941	6:26	l307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅταν ὑμᾶς καλῶς εἴπωσιν πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “when most people speak well of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
942	6:26	y29d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ & ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν	1	Here, the word fathers figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors also spoke well of the false prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
943	6:27	l5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀλλὰ ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to broaden his audience to the entire crowd, beyond his disciples. At the same time, the phrase also calls everyone to focus their attention on what Jesus is about to say. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now I want all of you to listen carefully to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
944	6:27	pz5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies in what way followers of Jesus are to love their enemies. They are to do this in a practical way by helping them. Alternate translation: “do good things for people even if they are hostile to you” or “show love to your enemies who hate you by doing things to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
945	6:28	c83m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, προσεύχεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus is using repetition to emphasize the importance of what he is saying. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single phrase. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase specifies one in which followers of Jesus can bless people who mistreat them. They can pray for them. Alternate translation: “Ask God to bless people who say and do bad things to you” or “Say good things to people who say bad things to you, and even if someone treats you badly, pray that God will help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
946	6:29	a7ri		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τῷ τύπτοντί σε	1	Jesus is a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone hits you on one side of your face. Then turn your face so that he could also strike the other side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
947	6:29	l308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & σου	1	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is now addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
948	6:29	d5qi			ἐπὶ τὴν σιαγόνα	1	Alternate translation: “on one side of your face”
949	6:29	eq83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην	1	It may be helpful to state the implicit purpose of this action. Alternate translation: “turn your face so that he could also strike the other side, to show that you do not want to fight and you are not resisting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
950	6:29	l309		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου τὸ ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone takes away your cloak. Then give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
951	6:29	ic4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ κωλύσῃς	1	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “give him your tunic as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
952	6:30	d8y6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	παντὶ αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you for something. Then give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
953	6:30	l310		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σε & σὰ	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing another individual situation here, so you and yours are singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
954	6:30	ts8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σὰ, μὴ ἀπαίτει	1	Jesus is using another hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone takes away something that is yours. Then do not demand that he give it back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
955	6:31	te6e			καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως	1	In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You should treat people in the way that you would want them to treat you”
956	6:31	l311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “what you wish people would do for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
957	6:31	l312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	Jesus now returns to speaking to his disciples and the crowd about general situations, so you is plural here and in the following verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
958	6:32	qh81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Here, Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool, to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
959	6:33	l313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Once again Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. You could translate his words as a statement here as well. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
960	6:34	l314		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν?	1	Jesus is using the question form once again as a teaching tool. You could also translate his words as a statement here. Alternate translation: “God will not reward you for doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
961	6:34	kgc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ἴσα	1	Here, the adjective same functions as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. The adjective is also neuter, and this is a use of the neuter plural in Greek to refer to a single thing in order to describe it in its entirety. Alternate translation: “expecting that everything they lent will be repaid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
962	6:35	s8j7			μηδὲν ἀπελπίζοντες	1	Alternate translation: “without expecting the person to pay you back”
963	6:35	l315		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	This word introduces the results of what has been said so far in this verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
964	6:35	ly98			ἔσται ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολύς	1	Your language may require you to say who will do this action. Alternate translation: “God will reward you greatly”
965	6:35	zw5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	This is a figurative expression. Even so, it would probably be best to translate sons with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
966	6:35	l316		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “children of the Most High” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
967	6:35	qr5x			υἱοὶ Ὑψίστου	1	Make sure that the word sons or “children” in your translation is plural and not capitalized, if your language uses that convention for titles, so that readers do not confuse this expression with the title for Jesus, the Son of the Most High, which occurs in 1:32 and 8:28.
968	6:35	l317		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
969	6:35	l318		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	Here, Jesus is using the adjectives ungrateful and evil as nouns, to refer groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
970	6:36	n28w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
971	6:37	a8c7			μὴ κρίνετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of judge. Alternate translation: “Do not judge other people”
972	6:37	e8fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not judge you” or (2) “other people will not judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
973	6:37	vkl8			καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of condemn. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
974	6:37	gz37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will not condemn you” or (2) “other people will not condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
975	6:37	l319			ἀπολύετε	1	Your language may require you to specify the object of forgive. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
976	6:37	a22w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would forgive. There are two possibilities. Alternate translations: (1) “God will forgive you” or (2) “other people will forgive you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
977	6:38	ryf8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you” or (2) “other people will give to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
978	6:38	q8sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of either of God or people giving like generous grain merchant. The word they is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
979	6:38	l320		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
980	6:38	l321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
981	6:38	fp26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. There are two possibilities. Alternate translation: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” or (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
982	6:39	bw7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
983	6:39	l322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Here, the word translated blind man is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
984	6:39	l323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding is he? Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
985	6:39	kyt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	Jesus is not expecting the people in the crowd to tell him whether one blind person can guide another. He is using the question form as a teaching tool, to make a point and get his listeners to reflect on it. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “We all know that one blind person cannot guide another blind person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
986	6:39	nm4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	The blind person figuratively represents someone who has not yet been fully trained and taught as a disciple. But since Jesus explains this figure in the next three verses, you do not need to explain it explicitly here in your own translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
987	6:39	f4xj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται?	1	Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
988	6:40	ipr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	The word above creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
989	6:40	l324		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
990	6:40	a6ym		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος & πᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
991	6:41	l7vj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
992	6:41	jpt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
993	6:41	l325		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις & σου & τῷ ἰδίῳ & οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so you and your are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
994	6:41	j1r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κάρφος	1	If your readers would not be familiar with wood, in your translation you can use a phrase that describes the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes in your culture, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
995	6:41	ud6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	The term brother figuratively refers to a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
996	6:41	l326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	This fellow believer could be either a man or a woman, so be sure that this is clear in your translation, for example, by using both the masculine and feminine forms of the word for “believer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
997	6:41	ssu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “while ignoring your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
998	6:41	l327		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν & δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ	1	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
999	6:41	h9a4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δοκὸν	1	You could translate this with the term for the kind of long, large piece of wood that people in your culture would encounter. Or if your readers would not be familiar with wood, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the beam” or “the plank” or “the large object” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1000	6:42	l345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου	1	Jesus is speaking to his disciples and the crowd, but he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular here. (The terms you, your, and yourself are also singular throughout the rest of this verse, because either Jesus is addressing an individual situation, or one person is addressing another in fictional dialogue.) If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1001	6:42	rkk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool, not to ask for information. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1002	6:42	l346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἀδελφέ, ἄφες	1	The term brother figuratively means a fellow believer in Jesus. So in its first instance here, you could translate the term the way you did in 6:41. But since it is realistic that in dialogue one believer might address another believer as Brother or “Sister,” you could retain the figurative term in its second instance. Alternate translation: “to a fellow believer, ‘Brother,’ or ‘Sister, let me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1003	6:42	l328		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σου	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “let me help you correct some of your faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1004	6:42	l329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you yourself are not correcting your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1005	6:42	l330		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ δοκὸν	1	A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is continuing to exaggerate to emphasize his point and make it memorable. Alternate translation: “your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1006	6:42	l331		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “first recognize and correct your own serious faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1007	6:42	l332		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου ἐκβαλεῖν	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “help a fellow believer correct his or her faults” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1008	6:43	ezb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason for what the previous sentence said. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1009	6:43	u159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ & ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1010	6:43	pi3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ & ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1011	6:43	l333		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐδὲ & δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	Jesus is once again expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1012	6:43	l334		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ & δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “but a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1013	6:44	z1vz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1014	6:44	l335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον & δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1015	6:44	l336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1016	6:44	ns81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀκανθῶν	1	The word thornbush refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a thornbush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1017	6:44	ux87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάτου	1	This term briar bush refers to a kind of plant that has thorny stems growing in dense clusters. If your readers would not know what a briar bush is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1018	6:45	fd19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος	1	Here, the word man refers to any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “A righteous person” or “a moral person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1019	6:45	kz5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the good thoughts of a righteous person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person. Alternate translation: “the good things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “the good things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1020	6:45	i93l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς καρδίας	1	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “that he keeps deep inside himself” or “that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1021	6:45	gpn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	Producing what is good, the way a tree would produce fruit, is a metaphor for doing what is good. Alternate translation: “does what is good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1022	6:45	l337		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	For rhetorical purposes, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning can be inferred from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “from the evil treasure of his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1023	6:45	y2cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	Once the meaning is inferred, it is clear that Jesus is speaking figuratively of the evil thoughts of a wicked person as if they were treasures stored deep inside that person, and of the heart figuratively to represent the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “from the evil things that he keeps deep inside himself” or “from the evil things that he values deeply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1024	6:45	l338		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	In this expression as well, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling is expressed in what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1025	6:45	jc6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκ & περισσεύματος καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ	1	The phrase his mouth represents the person as a whole, in the action of speaking. Alternate translation: “what a person is thinking and feeling comes out in what he says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1026	6:46	a4av			τί & με καλεῖτε Κύριε, Κύριε	1	The repetition of these words indicates that these people regularly called Jesus Lord. Alternate translation: “why are you always calling me ‘Lord’”
1027	6:47	wwu5			πᾶς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός με & ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what every person is like who comes to me”
1028	6:47	l339		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μου τῶν λόγων	1	Jesus uses the term words figuratively to refer to the teachings he is giving by using words. Alternate translation: “my teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1029	6:47	i3tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος	1	Jesus says this to introduce the simile in the next verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1030	6:48	l340		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν	1	Here, Jesus is using the word man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person building a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1031	6:48	cw41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν καὶ ἔθηκεν θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν	1	The foundation is the part of a house that connects it to the ground. People in Jesus’ time dug down into the ground until they reached a layer of solid rock, and then they began to build on the rock. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with laying the foundation of a house on bedrock, you could instead describe how they would ensure that a dwelling was safe and stable. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough to reach a layer of solid rock and set the foundation of the house on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1032	6:48	l341		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The expression dug deep tells what goal the person had when he or she dug down. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “dug down deep enough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1033	6:48	dp2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν πέτραν	1	This means the layer of hard rock that lies deep under the soil. Alternate translation: “bedrock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1034	6:48	qc2z			ποταμὸς	1	Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
1035	6:48	d3gs			προσέρηξεν	1	Alternate translation: “crashed against”
1036	6:48	h75u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν	1	Jesus is figuratively describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1037	6:48	tu5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1038	6:49	sjf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1039	6:49	l347		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ & ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from 6:47. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1040	6:49	wg4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν	1	Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1041	6:49	l342		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδομήσαντι οἰκίαν	1	Here, Jesus is using the word man in the generic sense. Alternate translation: “a person who built a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1042	6:49	yu5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου	1	The phrase on the ground without a foundation refers to the same method of building as in 6:48. You could describe this more fully in your translation. Alternatively, if the people of your culture would not be familiar with that building method, you can use the same image for creating a stable building that you used there in your translation. Alternate translation: “without digging down first to create a foundation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1043	6:49	l5jj			ποταμός	1	Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
1044	6:49	bs8c			ᾗ προσέρρηξεν	1	Alternate translation: “crashed against”
1045	6:49	q98t			συνέπεσεν	1	Alternate translation: “fell down or came apart”
1046	6:49	jm86			ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας ἐκείνης μέγα	1	Your language may require you to say what was responsible for the ruin of the house. Alternate translation: “the floodwaters completely demolished that house”
1047	7:intro	u8gj				0	Luke 07 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus does miracles in Capernaum and Nain (7:1–17) Jesus responds to messengers from John the Baptist and then teaches about John (7:18–35) A woman anoints Jesus with perfume (7:36–50) Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. ULT does this with the quoted material in 7:27. Special concepts in this chapter Centurion A centurion was a Roman military commander. The centurion who asked Jesus to heal his slave (Luke 7:2) was doing some unusual things. A Roman soldier, especially an officer, would almost never go to a Jew for help, and most wealthy people did not love or care for their slaves. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/centurion]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) John’s Baptism This chapter refers again to the baptism of John (7:29). John baptized people who wanted to show that they knew they were sinners and that they were sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) “Sinners” In 7:34, Jesus describes how the Pharisees said he was a friend of “sinners.” These Jewish leaders thought that such people did not understand the law of Moses, and so they were disobeying it. That is why they called them “sinners.” In reality, it was the leaders who were sinful, because they rejected Jesus, the Savior whom God had sent. This situation can be understood as irony. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Washing feet The feet of the people in the ancient Near East were very dirty because they wore sandals and the roads and trails were dusty and muddy. Only slaves washed other people’s feet. The woman who washed Jesus’ feet was showing him great honor.
1048	7:1	l343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “his teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1049	7:1	zi6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1050	7:1	l2zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	This reference to a location introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1051	7:2	l348		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1052	7:2	zm98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1053	7:3	l349			διασώσῃ	1	In this context, the word save has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “heal”
1054	7:4	hm7l			παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
1055	7:4	y6vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	Here, the term he refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1056	7:5	cny7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The term our nation refers to the Jewish people. Since the elders are speaking to Jesus as a fellow Jew, the word our would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: “our people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1057	7:6	l350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to show that Jesus went with the elders either after they pleaded with him, which ULT indicates with “Then,” or because they pleaded with him, which UST indicates with “So.” Use the expression in your translation that you think will be clearest for your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1058	7:6	s5xg			ἐπορεύετο	1	Alternate translation: “went along”
1059	7:6	el4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ μακρὰν & ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκίας	1	Luke is expressing a positive meaning figuratively by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “near the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1060	7:6	i6kv			μὴ σκύλλου	1	The centurion is speaking politely to Jesus through these friends. Alternate translation: “I do not want to make you go out of your way”
1061	7:6	ez29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς	1	This phrase come under my roof is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1062	7:7	m9ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	The centurion understood that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term word expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1063	7:7	m6v8			ὁ παῖς μου	1	This is not the same word for servant that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
1064	7:8	tkd5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ & ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1065	7:8	q2ep		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1066	7:8	mdd5			τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	Here, the word that ULT translates as servant is the typical word for a servant, as in 7:2 and 7:3. It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in 7:7.
1067	7:9	tpz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν	1	The term him refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1068	7:9	w8pi			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
1069	7:9	j76u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of faith, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of faith, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1070	7:9	l351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	Jesus used the name of the nation, Israel, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not … anyone among the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1071	7:9	l352		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	Here, the term found is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1072	7:10	g4ny		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ πεμφθέντες	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1073	7:11	l353		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1074	7:11	l354		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς	1	This expression could mean literally the next day, as ULT says, or Luke may be using the term day figuratively to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” You could say either thing in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1075	7:11	dmz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ναΐν	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1076	7:12	l355		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1077	7:12	l356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1078	7:12	l357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1079	7:12	zr69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1080	7:12	l358		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people were carrying … out of the city for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1081	7:12	n96r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1082	7:12	i5iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1083	7:13	l359			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
1084	7:13	fa42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ	1	The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1085	7:14	quy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῆς σοροῦ	1	This was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1086	7:14	lex4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐγέρθητι	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1087	7:15	er34			ὁ νεκρὸς	1	The man was not still dead. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been dead”
1088	7:15	l360		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and him and his refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1089	7:16	rf1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἔλαβεν & φόβος πάντας	1	Luke speaks of this fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1090	7:16	l361		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	Here, the term raised is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1091	7:16	jf1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1092	7:16	wn5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο	1	Here, the term visited is an idiom, as in 1:68 and 1:78. Alternate translation: “God has come to help his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1093	7:17	g4zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος & περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of this word (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1094	7:18	r11g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1095	7:18	r11x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The term his refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1096	7:18	l362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	7:18	jf5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων τούτων	1	The implication is that all these things refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1098	7:19	l363			τὸν Κύριον	1	Here, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
1099	7:19	l364			λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “to ask”
1100	7:19	l365		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὺ	1	Since this question would be for Jesus alone, you is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1101	7:19	l400		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1102	7:20	ftb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1103	7:20	l366		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	Here, John’s disciples use the term Baptist as a title to identify the man named John who had sent them. The term means “one who baptizes.” Because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does. Alternatively, you could use a phrase. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” or “John, the one who baptizes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1104	7:20	l367			λέγων	1	Alternate translation: “to ask”
1105	7:20	l368		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὺ	1	Since this question is for Jesus alone, you is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1106	7:20	l369		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1107	7:21	ys1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1108	7:21	a7sm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν	1	Here, Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1109	7:21	l370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων	1	The phrase sicknesses and afflictions expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word afflictions describes the effect of the sicknesses on the people who had them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1110	7:21	l371			τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν	1	Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
1111	7:22	lcm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the words answering and said mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1112	7:22	l372		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	πορευθέντες & εἴδετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1113	7:22	fvz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται & νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1114	7:22	l373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	As in 5:12, since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1115	7:22	qbe3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ	1	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1116	7:23	y4px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1117	7:23	i7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	Here, Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1118	7:24	abcd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	Here, the word he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1119	7:24	h9dw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1120	7:24	l374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1121	7:24	gbv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	The implication seems to be that a reed swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1122	7:25	tcp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1123	7:25	a1wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1124	7:25	l375		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	The term soft clothes refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1125	7:25	l376		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1126	7:25	l377		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1127	7:25	nn75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς βασιλείοις	1	A palace is a large, elaborate house where a king or queen would live. The implication is that a celebrity-watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1128	7:26	ym8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην?	1	Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1129	7:26	ix16			ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
1130	7:26	r7ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	This is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1131	7:27	cg3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1132	7:27	wt2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term Behold to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1133	7:27	s8hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	The term face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1134	7:27	cc5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σου	1	The words your and you are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1135	7:27	l378		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	While this literally means “prepare a good road for you to travel on,” as in 3:4 this actually means figuratively to help get people ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1136	7:28	yz6b			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowd’s attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
1137	7:28	rr11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν	1	The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1138	7:28	gfz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μείζων & Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν	1	Here, Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1139	7:28	c33u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ & μικρότερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun in order to indicate kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1140	7:28	l379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1141	7:28	r81b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1142	7:29	idv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1143	7:29	m5cn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν	1	The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1144	7:29	s9v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1145	7:30	l380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικοὶ	1	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term lawyer does not mean someone who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to an expert in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1146	7:30	v8f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1147	7:30	wqc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1148	7:31	cs1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1149	7:31	ix8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1150	7:31	ec4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1151	7:32	n8yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιοί εἰσιν	1	These words are the beginning of Jesus’ comparison. His opponents complain about John being too austere, and they complain about him not being austere enough, just like children who complain when other children don’t dance with them, and then complain again when they don’t cry with them. Since Jesus explains this comparison in the next two verses, you do not need to explain it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1152	7:32	f7hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀγορᾷ	1	This means a large, open-air area where people come to sell their goods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1153	7:32	l381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν	1	The children are referring to the flute to indicate that they played a happy, upbeat tune, for which the flute was well suited. Alternate translation: “We played a happy tune for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1154	7:32	xgg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε	1	The children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but you did not dance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1155	7:32	m2k3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ οὐκ ἐκλαύσατε	1	Once again the children are expressing a contrast between what they expected their playmates to do and what those playmates actually did. Alternate translation: “but you did not cry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1156	7:33	kbc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἐσθίων ἄρτον	1	This could mean one of two things. Either way, Jesus is using one kind of food, bread, figuratively to represent all kinds of food. (1) It could refer to the way that John lived on whatever he could find to eat in the desert. Alternate translation: “not eating regular food” (2) It could mean that John often went without eating as a devotional practice. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1157	7:33	wka1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about John. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he has a demon” or “you accuse him of having a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1158	7:34	k33e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1159	7:34	l382		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. In this case the title highlights Jesus’ identification with humanity in the special role that God has given him. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1160	7:34	s1um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, φίλος τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what the Pharisees were saying about him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that he eats and drinks too much and that he is a friend of tax collectors and sinners” or (if you used the first person for the title “Son of Man”) “you say that I eat and drink too much and that I am a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1161	7:34	l383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	This term focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now this is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1162	7:34	am9s			ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a glutton” or “a man who eats too much”
1163	7:34	chu4			ἄνθρωπος & οἰνοπότης	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
1164	7:35	ba4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1165	7:35	l384		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or children of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1166	7:35	l385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1167	7:36	fd2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1168	7:36	lhd4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις & τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In 7:40, Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1169	7:36	dy31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1170	7:37	l386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1171	7:37	a9iu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was woman who lived in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1172	7:37	x4sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁμαρτωλός	1	Luke is speaking from the perspective of the Pharisee when he says that the woman was a sinner. Since the Pharisee would likely not have known her personally, this is an implicit reference to her reputation. She may have been a prostitute, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “who had a reputation for living a sinful life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1173	7:37	l387		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κομίσασα	1	In this culture, if people wanted to hear what someone’s special dinner guest had to say, they were allowed to come and stand around the walls of the banqueting hall and listen, even if they had not been invited to share in the meal. And so this woman was allowed to enter and listen to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that specifically. Alternate translation: “she came into the banquet hall as a visitor, bringing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1174	7:37	apx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1175	7:37	a954		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μύρου	1	This oil had fragrant additives. To make a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “that contained oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1176	7:38	v5xh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτῆς	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “with her hair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1177	7:38	i93v			ἤλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ	1	Alternate translation: “pouring perfume on them”
1178	7:39	u455		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων	1	As noted in 3:10, Luke often uses the word saying to introduce a quotation. Particularly in cases like this one, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
1179	7:39	xc9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	οὗτος εἰ ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν ἂν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	This Pharisee is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must not be a prophet, because he allowed this sinful woman to touch him, and a prophet would have known she was sinful and not allowed that. Alternate translation: “Jesus must not be a prophet, because if he were, he would know that the woman who is touching him is a sinner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1180	7:39	tbq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν	1	Simon assumed that a prophet would never allow a sinner to touch him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state his assumption explicitly. Alternate translation: “that this woman is a sinner, and he would not allow her to touch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1181	7:40	l388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the Pharisee was thinking. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1182	7:40	u3cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων	1	This was the name of the Pharisee who invited Jesus into his home. This was not Simon Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1183	7:40	l389			ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
1184	7:40	l390		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ	1	Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1185	7:40	l391			Διδάσκαλε	1	This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1186	7:41	sv92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1187	7:41	fcq6			δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
1188	7:41	snz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάρια πεντακόσια	1	The word denarii is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1189	7:41	i92j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα	1	Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1190	7:42	l392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1191	7:42	lbq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο	1	This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1192	7:43	l393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Simon responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1193	7:43	l394		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο	1	Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1194	7:43	uyj6			ὑπολαμβάνω	1	Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
1195	7:43	zqz4			ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας	1	Alternate translation: “You are right”
1196	7:44	s7g6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Jesus turned to the woman in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1197	7:44	l395		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα?	1	Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can see the woman. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1198	7:44	mw7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide water and a towel for guests to wash and dry their feet after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1199	7:44	mw58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ	1	In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1200	7:44	am5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὕτη & τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	The woman used her tears in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1201	7:44	ld62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	The woman used her hair in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1202	7:45	xj92		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a kiss on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1203	7:45	r2jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle not and the negative verb stopped. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1204	7:45	u3er		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	The woman kissed the feet of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1205	7:46	j8wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ	1	Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1206	7:46	le9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου & ἤλειψας	1	It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive oil on his head. Alternate translation: “welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1207	7:46	g6va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου	1	The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his feet instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1208	7:47	kwc5			λέγω σοι	1	This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
1209	7:47	clu2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1210	7:47	jql4			ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	Your language may require you to state the object of loved. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
1211	7:47	l396		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1212	7:47	qd9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ	1	In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that one to whom little is forgiven is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and does not need to be forgiven for very much, not realizing how much he needs to be forgiven for. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love, just as you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1213	7:47	l397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ & ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1214	7:48	c7hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ	1	The word he refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word her refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1215	7:48	lq5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1216	7:49	enw4			συνανακείμενοι	1	Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
1217	7:49	ie4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν?	1	The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1218	7:50	lje8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “you have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1219	7:50	l398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the woman’s faith as if it had actively saved her. He means that it provided the conditions for her to receive salvation from God. Alternate translation: “you have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1220	7:50	sp2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	This was a way of saying goodbye while giving a blessing at the same time. It also reassured the woman, despite the disapproval of the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “You may go now, and do not worry about your sins any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1221	8:intro	ba3i				0	Luke 08 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches the crowds with parables (8:1–21) Jesus calms a storm on the Sea of Galilee (8:22–25) Jesus drives out many demons from a man (8:26–39) Jesus heals a woman and restores a dead girl to life (8:40–55) Special concepts in this chapter Miracles In this chapter, Jesus makes a storm stop by speaking to it, he makes a dead girl alive by speaking to her, and he makes evil spirits leave a man by speaking to them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Parables Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message (Luke 8:4-15). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Brothers and sisters Most people call those who have the same parents they do “brother” and “sister,” and they think of them as the most important people in their lives. Some people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter, Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “having spent all her living on doctors” In 8:43, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “having spent all her living on doctors,” but other manuscripts do not. ULT includes the phrase in its text, but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to whether it was an original part of the book of Luke. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the phrase if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1222	8:1	i6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1223	8:1	l399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “around to different cities and villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1224	8:1	l401		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1225	8:1	l402		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	Luke is using the adjective Twelve as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1226	8:1	l403		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language, for example, capitalizing main words and writing out numbers rather than using digits. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1227	8:2	g99l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1228	8:2	jq4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary is the name of a woman, and Magdalene is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1229	8:2	n4x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1230	8:2	l404		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	The demons did not go out on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1231	8:3	tfz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννα & Σουσάννα	1	These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1232	8:3	w9kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Χουζᾶ & Ἡρῴδου	1	These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in 1:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1233	8:3	l405			ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρῴδου	1	Alternate translation: “the man who managed King Herod’s household affairs”
1234	8:3	k9m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διηκόνουν αὐτοῖς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “personally providing what Jesus and his 12 apostles needed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1235	8:4	r1qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιπορευομένων πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here, the term him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “coming to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1236	8:4	l406		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “from different towns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1237	8:4	l407		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς	1	This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1238	8:5	ndc3			ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ	1	Use either the singular or the plural to translate seed in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
1239	8:5	cv1h			ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
1240	8:5	a5mz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατεπατήθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1241	8:5	n8bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1242	8:5	lt8n			κατέφαγεν αὐτό	1	Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
1243	8:6	k6a4			ἐξηράνθη	1	Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
1244	8:6	ktz7			διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἰκμάδα	1	Alternate translation: “because there was no water for it in the rock” or “because there was no water for them in the rock”
1245	8:7	xzq2			ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό	1	The thorn plants took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “crowded it out” or “crowded them out” or “kept it from growing well” or “kept them from growing well”
1246	8:8	scs9			ἐποίησεν καρπὸν	1	Alternate translation: “it produced a harvest” or “they produced a harvest”
1247	8:8	q12t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑκατονταπλασίονα	1	Luke expresses this idea in a compact way. Alternate translation: “a hundred times as much seed as landed in this soil” or “a hundred times as many seeds as landed in this soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1248	8:8	b92z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear figuratively represents the willingness to understand and obey, by association with the part of the body by which his listeners would have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1249	8:8	l408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1250	8:8	l409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1251	8:9	l410			τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή	1	Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
1252	8:10	je1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1253	8:10	s7xp			τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
1254	8:10	l411		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1255	8:10	l6sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1256	8:10	l412		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἵνα βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1257	8:10	xtu6			βλέποντες μὴ βλέπωσιν	1	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they see things, they will not understand them” or “though they see things happen, they will not understand what they mean”
1258	8:10	k4es			ἀκούοντες μὴ συνιῶσιν	1	Some languages may need to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “though they hear instruction, they will not understand the truth”
1259	8:11	vp8a			ἔστιν δὲ αὕτη ἡ παραβολή	1	Alternate translation: “this is what the story means”
1260	8:11	hb1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “The seed represents the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1261	8:12	xsa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ & παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1262	8:12	h969		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The parable represented this figuratively as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1263	8:12	jb9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	The word hearts figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1264	8:12	l413		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1265	8:12	l414		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus is using the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1266	8:12	g7r7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν	1	This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God and God to save them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1267	8:13	juq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1268	8:13	ar4x			τῆς πέτρας	1	Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
1269	8:13	l415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1270	8:13	bm51			ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
1271	8:13	e5rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	Jesus is using the way such people go away from the community of believers to mean figuratively that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1272	8:14	k4u4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1273	8:14	y3ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου & συνπνίγονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1274	8:14	uut6			μεριμνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
1275	8:14	b384			ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
1276	8:14	xhv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	The phrase mature fruit figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1277	8:15	m2hb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες	1	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the good soil represent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1278	8:15	l62d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “when they hear the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1279	8:15	l416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	The terms honest and good mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1280	8:15	pbi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	In this expression, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1281	8:15	i51s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ	1	Here, the word fruit figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1282	8:16	n86n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	After Jesus finishes explaining the story about the seeds, he gives his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1283	8:16	l417		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1284	8:17	n5ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1285	8:17	iv9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1286	8:17	l418		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1287	8:17	l419		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	The phrases be known and come into visibility mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1288	8:18	l420			βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε	1	The phrase be careful does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
1289	8:18	l421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	The implication in context is that the phrase whoever has, it will be given to him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1290	8:18	bq9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν & ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1291	8:18	l422		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication once again is that the phrase whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1292	8:18	ihh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1293	8:19	l423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1294	8:19	dw3m			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	These were Jesus’ younger brothers—the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here.
1295	8:20	wr4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη & αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1296	8:20	l424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου & σου & σε	1	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, your and you are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1297	8:20	un5d			ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε	1	Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
1298	8:21	l425		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1299	8:21	b97u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες	1	Jesus means figuratively that people who believe and obey the message from God become like a family to one another. Alternate translation: “Those who hear the word of God and obey it are like a mother and brothers to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1300	8:21	edk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to refer to the message from God that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1301	8:22	l426		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1302	8:22	l427		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν	1	It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1303	8:22	l428		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης	1	It seems unlikely that Jesus and his disciples would have gotten into a boat before they were planning to sail somewhere. So here Luke is probably describing the result before the reason. If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples, ‘Let us go over to the other side of the lake.’ So they all got into a boat together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1304	8:22	w1pk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῆς λίμνης	1	This means the Lake of Genneseret, which is also called the Sea of Galilee. But since Jesus would have referred to it simply as “the lake” while he and his disciples were on it, you do not need to use the proper name in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1305	8:22	btk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνήχθησαν	1	This expression means that they began to travel across the lake in their boat. Alternate translation: “they headed out across the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1306	8:23	vh2v			πλεόντων & αὐτῶν	1	The term voyaged means that Jesus and the disciples traveled by water. Alternate translation: “as they traveled across the lake”
1307	8:23	sf8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀφύπνωσεν	1	The word he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1308	8:23	mdb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην	1	Luke says came down because the weather originated from the sky. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1309	8:23	l429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	Luke says they, meaning the disciples, to refer figuratively by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1310	8:23	l430		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1311	8:23	uki7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, and the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	8:24	l432			Ἐπιστάτα	1	This is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
1313	8:24	l433		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word we would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1314	8:24	uhe4			ἐπετίμησεν	1	Alternate translation: “spoke sharply to”
1315	8:24	t1yy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τῷ κλύδωνι, τοῦ ὕδατος	1	In your language, it might seem that the wording here expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. However, you could also translate this as expressing emphasis. Alternate translation: “the waves” or “the violent waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1316	8:24	v1c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐπαύσαντο καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke uses the repetition to emphasize what great power Jesus demonstrated. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. However, you could also translate both phrases and show how the second expresses the results of the first. Alternate translation: “the storm ended” or “the storm ended, so that the lake became calm again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1317	8:25	d8c3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him where their faith is. Rather, he is using the question form to correct them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have trusted God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1318	8:25	wjv3			τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? He commands even the winds and the water, and they obey him!”
1319	8:25	f2wp			τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν	1	This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do this. Alternate translation: “What kind of man is this”
1320	8:25	l434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ ὕδατι	1	The disciples are figuratively describing the violent waves that had threatened the boat by reference to the water that these waves arose from. Alternate translation: “the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1321	8:26	f17p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	The name Gerasenes refers to people from the city of Gerasa. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1322	8:26	p9zp			ἀντιπέρα τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	“on the other side of the lake from Galilee”
1323	8:27	l435		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντι & αὐτῷ	1	Here, Luke is writing in a compact way. He means that Jesus came out of the boat. Alternate translation: “when Jesus got out of the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1324	8:27	hjh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνήρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως	1	This phrase introduces a new character in a story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “a man who was from the city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1325	8:27	ji6p			ἔχων δαιμόνια	1	Alternate translation: “who was controlled by demons” or “whom demons controlled”
1326	8:27	xhw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information about the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “Now for a long time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1327	8:27	we6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς μνήμασιν	1	The term the tombs refers to places in which people lay to rest the bodies of loved ones who have died. In this context it may possibly mean caves cut into the rock or small buildings that the man could use for shelter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1328	8:28	ip59		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἰδὼν & τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	The word he refers to the man who had demons. Alternate translation: “when the man whom the demons controlled saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1329	8:28	n4ex			ἀνακράξας	1	Alternate translation: “he screamed” or “he shrieked”
1330	8:28	fak9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the man did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1331	8:28	m21e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν	1	This is an idiom that means the man raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1332	8:28	lv2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1333	8:28	l436		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	The man is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You and I have nothing in common!” or “You have no reason to get involved with me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1334	8:28	ptt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	This is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated the expression the Most High in 1:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1335	8:29	l437		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Luke is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The man said this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1336	8:29	l438		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in 8:28, after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of 8:27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1337	8:29	l439		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1338	8:29	j3yj			συνηρπάκει αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the demon had taken control of the man”
1339	8:29	bxz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1340	8:29	bey5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1341	8:30	l440		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σοι	1	Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, your is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says they and them for the multiple demons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1342	8:30	p31w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	λεγεών	1	Translate the word Legion with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1343	8:31	qcn1			παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
1344	8:31	l441		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν Ἄβυσσον	1	The term abyss literally means a bottomless pit, and here it describes a place of punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the term with an explanatory phrase, as UST does, saying “the deep pit where God punishes demons.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1345	8:32	b3vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Luke supplies this background information to help readers understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1346	8:32	q8w5			ἦν & ἐκεῖ & βοσκομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει	1	Alternate translation: “was nearby eating grass on the side of a hill”
1347	8:32	l442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιτρέψῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐκείνους εἰσελθεῖν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify who and what these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: “the demons begged Jesus to let them go into the pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1348	8:32	l443			καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
1349	8:33	na38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια	1	You could begin this sentence with the word Then, as ULT does, to show that this happened next. You could also begin this sentence with the word So, as UST does, to show that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1350	8:33	gz5x			ὥρμησεν	1	Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
1351	8:33	ja6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1352	8:34	l444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	Here, Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1353	8:34	l445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1354	8:35	l446		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	Here, the term they, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, refers to the people of that region, as in 8:37. The term went out indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1355	8:35	ju71			εὗραν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
1356	8:35	l447		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1357	8:35	w3tq			σωφρονοῦντα	1	Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
1358	8:35	x9lp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καθήμενον & παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1359	8:35	j89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1360	8:36	xtf3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἰδόντες	1	Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1361	8:36	kv18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1362	8:37	l448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου	1	This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1363	8:37	ai7m			τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
1364	8:37	l449		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1365	8:37	jbh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1366	8:37	l450		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	Luke speaks of this fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1367	8:37	l451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον	1	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1368	8:37	ue8c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψεν	1	The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to return to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1369	8:38	s25w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ἐδεῖτο δὲ αὐτοῦ	1	The events in this verse and the next verse happened before Jesus left in the boat. It may be helpful to state that clearly at the beginning here. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus and his disciples left, the man begged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1370	8:38	l452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο & αὐτοῦ & εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation, as UST does, breaking the sentence here. Alternate translation: “pleaded with Jesus, ‘Let me go with you!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1371	8:38	abce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν	1	The word he refers to Jesus, and the word him refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1372	8:39	zl3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	Jesus is using the word house figuratively to mean the people who live in the man’s house. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1373	8:39	c9nh			διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός	1	Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
1374	8:39	l453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in 8:29 that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1375	8:40	l454		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1376	8:40	yd57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1377	8:41	l455		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1378	8:41	l456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰάειρος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was man whose name was Jairus, and he came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1379	8:41	l457		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1380	8:41	avi8			ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
1381	8:41	epa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1382	8:42	kq2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1383	8:42	ymb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1384	8:42	l458		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1385	8:42	kw2y			οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
1386	8:43	l7pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	This introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1387	8:43	h9uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	Luke uses the phrase a flow of blood refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you can use that expression here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1388	8:43	l459		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1389	8:43	l460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	This phrase uses the term living figuratively to mean the money that was needed for living. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1390	8:43	zb4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1391	8:44	vwe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely touched one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1392	8:45	c3wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1393	8:45	l461		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1394	8:46	u6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἥψατό μού τις	1	The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and touched him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1395	8:46	zmu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ & ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1396	8:47	cwn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν	1	The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	8:47	vua6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρέμουσα ἦλθεν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was trembling. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1398	8:47	vxl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1399	8:47	l462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰάθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1400	8:48	v4m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θύγατερ	1	This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1401	8:48	uja4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1402	8:48	l463		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the woman’s faith as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1403	8:48	l464			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well”
1404	8:48	ch7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην	1	This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1405	8:49	m58z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	This refers implicitly to what Jesus was saying in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was still saying these things to the woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	8:49	l465			ἔρχεταί τις	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “someone came”
1407	8:49	deu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τις παρὰ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	This does not mean someone whom Jairus sent, since Jairus was with Jesus. Rather, this means someone who had been at his house watching with the others over his daughter. Alternate translation: “someone who had been at the home of Jairus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1408	8:49	id9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	This statement implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. Alternate translation: “There is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, so do not make him come to your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1409	8:49	n6ez			τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1410	8:50	l466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ	1	The word he refers to Jesus, and the word him refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1411	8:50	ej1b			σωθήσεται	1	In this context, the word saved has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
1412	8:50	l467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1413	8:51	gl9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Luke figuratively says he, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “when they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1414	8:51	qal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν & τινα & εἰ μὴ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1415	8:51	i4v1			τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	The phrase the father of the child refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
1416	8:52	tt9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔκλαιον & πάντες καὶ ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν	1	This was the customary way of showing grief in that culture. The term that ULT translates as mourning could mean that the people were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, although Luke uses a much more specific expression to say that directly in 18:13. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “they were all loudly expressing their grief” or “all the people there were wailing and pounding on their chests to show how sad they were that the girl had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1417	8:52	l468			οὐ & ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	Alternate translation: “she is not dead, she is only sleeping”
1418	8:53	nu8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέθανεν	1	Alternate translation: “laughed at Jesus because they knew that Jairus’s daughter had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1419	8:54	e7zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς & κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the girl’s hand and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1420	8:54	l469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	This was not a command that the girl was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused her to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1421	8:55	k6w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆς	1	The people of this time considered life to be the result of the spirit coming into a person. You could express this in the way that would be most meaningful in your culture. Alternate translation: “she started breathing again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1422	8:56	c6mp			μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
1423	9:intro	uc1r				0	Luke 09 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus sends his twelve apostles to teach and heal (9:1–9) Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10–17) Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18–27) The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28–36) Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37–43) Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44–50) Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51–62) Special concepts in this chapter Elijah God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]]) Glory Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24). “Receiving” This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
1424	9:1	l470		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	συνκαλεσάμενος & τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1425	9:1	l471		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1426	9:1	zqq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν	1	These two terms mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his twelve disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1427	9:1	fuj7			πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
1428	9:1	h8ql			νόσους θεραπεύειν	1	Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
1429	9:2	j5n3			ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς	1	Your language may require you to say where Jesus sent the disciples. Alternate translation: “sent them to various places” or “told them to go to various places”
1430	9:2	l472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1431	9:3	m7c5			καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	It may be helpful to state that Jesus said these things to the disciples before they went out. Alternate translation: “Before the 12 disciples left, Jesus said to them”
1432	9:3	aui6			μηδὲν αἴρετε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “Do not bring anything”
1433	9:3	l473		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν ὁδόν	1	Jesus uses the term road figuratively to refer to the journey that his disciples will make by traveling along roads. Alternate translation: “for your journey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1434	9:3	qm2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ῥάβδον	1	This term describes a large stick that people used for balance when climbing or when walking on uneven ground, and also for defense against animals and people. Alternate translation: “walking stick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1435	9:3	pp64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πήραν	1	This term describes something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. Alternate translation: “knapsack” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1436	9:3	n237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	Jesus figuratively uses one kind of food, bread, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1437	9:3	l474		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον	1	Jesus figuratively uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, silver, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1438	9:3	l475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν	1	Here, Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1439	9:4	kyw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε	1	The implication is that the disciples can enter a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440	9:4	sa5w			ἐκεῖ μένετε	1	Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
1441	9:4	ksb3			καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε	1	Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
1442	9:5	ux5m			καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι	1	It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
1443	9:5	ze2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν ἀποτινάσσετε	1	This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1444	9:5	l476			εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	Alternate translation: “as a warning to them”
1445	9:6	afj9			ἐξερχόμενοι	1	Alternate translation: “they left the place were Jesus was”
1446	9:6	ycy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ	1	Luke says everywhere as a figurative generalization. Alternate translation: “healing wherever they went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1447	9:7	z45t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1448	9:7	s2k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	See how you translated the term tetrarch in 3:1 Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1449	9:7	c4vy			διηπόρει	1	Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
1450	9:7	tcp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1451	9:7	l477		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Luke reports in 3:20 that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in 7:18-19, he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1452	9:7	l478		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1453	9:8	l479		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη	1	The expression it was said carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1454	9:8	l480		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1455	9:8	ekf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	The expression it was said also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1456	9:8	l481		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1457	9:9	flw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος	1	Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1458	9:9	r98f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	Herod speaks of himself figuratively as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1459	9:10	p7gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	The implication is that the apostles returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1460	9:10	aal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίησαν	1	The phrase as much as they had done refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1461	9:10	l482		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1462	9:10	r2bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1463	9:11	l483		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1464	9:12	btc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1465	9:12	l484		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1466	9:12	l485		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1467	9:13	l486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν & πλεῖον ἢ	1	The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1468	9:13	tay4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	This means loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1469	9:13	vuc1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly can not go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1470	9:14	c9z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1471	9:14	v44h			κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
1472	9:15	l552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1473	9:15	xq6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1474	9:16	j39h			λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
1475	9:16	j8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that heaven, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1476	9:16	gm2v			εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	The word them refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
1477	9:17	l5ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1478	9:17	l487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	Here, the term baskets refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1479	9:18	y5a5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1480	9:18	l91t			προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας	1	The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
1481	9:19	l488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	οἱ & ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that the disciples responded to the question that Jesus asked them. Alternate translation: “they responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1482	9:19	f2kh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, ἄλλοι δὲ, Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ	1	The disciples are answering Jesus in a compressed way, leaving out words that a sentence would ordinarily need to be complete. Alternate translation: “Some say that you are John the Baptist, but others say that you are Elijah, and others say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1483	9:19	ewu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	It may be helpful to clarify how this answer relates to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “that you are one of the prophets from long ago who has come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1484	9:19	x3px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέστη	1	This means risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “has come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1485	9:20	vy4u			εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples”
1486	9:20	l489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	Πέτρος δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Peter responded to the follow-up question that Jesus asked his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then Peter responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1487	9:20	l490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Christ is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “You are the Messiah whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1488	9:21	z55q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1489	9:22	m2v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1490	9:22	l491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1491	9:22	j5k8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1492	9:22	d5je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1493	9:22	l492		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1494	9:22	lw6f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1495	9:22	mfe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1496	9:22	l493		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was thethird day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1497	9:23	h1u1			πρὸς πάντας	1	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
1498	9:23	h46s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	To follow or to come after Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1499	9:23	fnk7			ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “he must forsake his own desires”
1500	9:23	l494		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	The image is of a condemned prisoner being forced to carry the cross on which he would be crucified to the place where he would be executed. Luke assumes that his readers will recognize this image from their own culture. But if it would not be familiar to your readers, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1501	9:23	h7j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καθ’ ἡμέραν	1	To take up a cross figuratively represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “he must be willing every day to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1502	9:23	pk72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	Following Here, Jesus represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “my disciples must obey me in that way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1503	9:24	l495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1504	9:25	lx8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1505	9:25	l496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what benefit would it be to a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1506	9:25	l497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1507	9:25	hpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον	1	Jesus says the whole world as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to get everything he wanted in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1508	9:25	xsk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἑαυτὸν & ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	The terms losing and destroying mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely destroying himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1509	9:26	yrr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to describe the things he teaches by using words. Alternate translation: “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1510	9:26	tx1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1511	9:26	l498		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1512	9:26	dl2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1513	9:27	ef6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1514	9:27	m113		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἰσίν τινες τῶν αὐτοῦ ἑστηκότων, οἳ οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using the third person to talk about the people he is talking to. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “some of you who are standing here will not die before you see the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1515	9:27	j7fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου, ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “will see the kingdom of God before they die” or (if you are translating in the second person) “will see the kingdom of God before you die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1516	9:27	gj8t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γεύσωνται θανάτου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1517	9:27	l499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God ruling as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1518	9:28	l500		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1519	9:28	si9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	The phrase these words refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term words figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1520	9:29	l501		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1521	9:30	p3cd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, Luke uses the word behold to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1522	9:31	g28p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1523	9:31	cur1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1524	9:31	l502			ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
1525	9:32	i29n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1526	9:32	f8ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1527	9:32	l503		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Luke speaks of sleep figuratively as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1528	9:32	tw7e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	As in 2:9, the implication is that this glory manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1529	9:32	tsj6			καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ	1	The phrase the two men refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
1530	9:33	l504		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1531	9:33	npk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν τῷ διαχωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The word they refers to Moses and Elijah, not to the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Moses and Elijah were about to leave Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1532	9:33	l505		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς & ποιήσωμεν	1	Since Peter wants to make it possible for Moses and Elijah to stay, when he says it is good for us to be here, he likely means “all six of us.” So if your language distinguishes between the exclusive and inclusive us, use the inclusive form in this sentence. However, when Peter says to Jesus, “let us make three tents,” he likely means that he and James and John would build them, so in that sentence, use the exclusive form of us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1533	9:33	mby6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκηνὰς	1	This term describes simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that he and the other two disciples would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. Alternate translation: “shelters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1534	9:33	l506			μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “He did not know what he was saying”
1535	9:34	ct1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	Alternate translation: “while Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1536	9:34	e75d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1537	9:34	asa6			εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην	1	This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
1538	9:35	q8xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1539	9:35	c3gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1540	9:35	l733		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1541	9:36	l507			ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν	1	Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
1542	9:36	l508		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1543	9:36	l509		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1544	9:36	v9uy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1545	9:36	l510		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν & οὐδὲν	1	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1546	9:36	l511		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1547	9:37	q5f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1548	9:38	l512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1549	9:38	k35b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in the crowd who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1550	9:38	l513			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1551	9:38	l514		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπιβλέψαι ἐπὶ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1552	9:39	l515		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The man uses the term behold to calls Jesus’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1553	9:39	ka7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πνεῦμα	1	The man uses this phrase to introduce the spirit into his story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there is an evil spirit that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1554	9:39	abm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μετὰ ἀφροῦ	1	When a person is having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. Alternate translation: “and foam comes out of his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1555	9:39	l516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The man is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “it attacks him very often” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1556	9:39	l517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συντρῖβον αὐτόν	1	The man speaks figuratively of the spirit as if it were a heavy weight whose attacks crush the boy. This is a reference to the injuries that the spirit causes. Alternate translation: “injuring him badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1557	9:41	sdu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the man’s request. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1558	9:41	bi9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire generation of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show the people who can hear him, the crowd that has gathered there, how he feels about their generation in a very strong way. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the crowd, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is figuratively addressing. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1559	9:41	l518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you for very long!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1560	9:41	apa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη	1	The terms unbelieving and perverted mean similar things. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1561	9:41	qk1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	In both cases here, you is plural in Greek because Jesus is addressing a generation that is made up of many people. However, generation is a collective noun, and if your language would treat a collective noun as singular in a context like this, you could use the singular form of you. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1562	9:41	ls7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσάγαγε ὧδε τὸν υἱόν σου	1	Jesus is now speaking to the father of the boy, and so your is singular here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1563	9:42	l519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔτι & προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ	1	The word he refers to the boy, not to the father. Alternate translation: “while the boy was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1564	9:43	hz1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that God was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1565	9:43	d61c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	The word he refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1566	9:44	gah9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1567	9:44	im3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1568	9:44	ygr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1569	9:44	l520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1570	9:44	l521		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	The term hands figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give men power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and give men power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1571	9:44	l522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	It may be helpful to make explicit who these men are. Alternate translation: “and give his enemies power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and give my enemies power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1572	9:45	l523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο & περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1573	9:45	ub1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1574	9:46	dh3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the word them does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the greatest. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1575	9:46	l524			τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
1576	9:47	cx62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses the term hearts figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1577	9:48	l525		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον	1	Jesus is using the child as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1578	9:48	afx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	The term name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1579	9:48	mav1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	This is a metaphor, but if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1580	9:48	awc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1581	9:48	zw5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας	1	Here, Jesus uses the word he in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1582	9:49	uwr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1583	9:49	bj41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν & μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	When John says we, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so we would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says us, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, us would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1584	9:49	py8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	The term name is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with them. This expression means the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1585	9:49	l526		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	In this case, to follow Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in 5:27, since this man was acting in Jesus’ name. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1586	9:50	hw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε	1	Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1587	9:51	l527		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1588	9:51	c8gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1589	9:51	l528		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	Here, Luke uses the term days figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1590	9:51	l529		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1591	9:51	mq2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1592	9:52	l530		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	The term face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1593	9:52	l531		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν	1	The term Samaritan is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms Samaritan and Samaria occur several times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1594	9:52	b6ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὡς ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ	1	This means to make arrangements in anticipation of his arrival there, such as for food to eat, a place to stay, and possibly also a place to speak. Alternate translation: “to arrange his accommodations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1595	9:53	v61k			οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the Samaritans did not want him to stay with them”
1596	9:53	l532		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the face because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in 9:52. Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1597	9:53	n62j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1598	9:54	a8sf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδόντες	1	The word saw figuratively represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1599	9:54	y4rq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1600	9:54	l533		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	θέλεις εἴπωμεν	1	By us, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so us is exclusive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1601	9:55	pj6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς & ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The term them refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1602	9:57	l534			τις	1	This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
1603	9:58	yq5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech. By naming a creature that lives on land and a creature that flies in the air, Jesus is referring to all creatures. Alternate translation: “Every creature has a place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1604	9:58	anv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	αἱ ἀλώπεκες	1	The word foxes describes land animals that are similar to small dogs. The word dens refers to holes that these animals dig in the ground as shelters. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal and its habits, you could describe them in general terms. Alternate translation: “little animals live in holes in the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1605	9:58	c88m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of sky, to complement the idea of “ground” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds that fly in the air” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
1606	9:58	r7vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1607	9:58	l535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1608	9:58	l536		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus implies that if this person were to follow him, he too might not have a home. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere, so if you become my disciple, expect that you will not have a home either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1609	9:58	l537		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	This expression figuratively means “does not have anywhere to sleep,” by association with something that a person does in order to sleep, lay down his head. And a place to sleep, by association, means a home, since that is where people sleep. Alternate translation: “does not have a home anywhere” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a home anywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1610	9:58	ff62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ	1	Jesus actually did find places to sleep wherever he went to teach and heal, but he says figuratively that he has no such place at all to emphasize that he has no permanent home. Alternate translation: “does not have a permanent home” or (if you translated in the first person) “do not have a permanent home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1611	9:59	l538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1612	9:59	l539			ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	It is unclear whether the man’s father had died and that he would bury him immediately, or whether the man wanted to wait for a longer amount of time until his father died so that he could bury him then. The main point is that the man wanted to do something else first before going with Jesus. Alternate translation: “before I do that, let me go and bury my father”
1613	9:59	l540		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθόντι, πρῶτον θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου	1	One possible meaning of this expression is that the man wanted to wait until he had received his inheritance from his father so that he could live on that money while traveling with Jesus. If so, then he would be referring to the inheritance by association with his father’s death, and he would be referring to his father’s death by association with his burial. Alternate translation: “let me wait until I receive my inheritance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1614	9:60	l541		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς	1	Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Instead, the expression the dead likely refers figuratively to those who do not follow Jesus and so are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “Let people who are not concerned about spiritual things take care of everyday matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1615	9:60	l542		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are dead” or “people who are not concerned about spiritual things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1616	9:60	l543		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1617	9:61	l544		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθήσω σοι	1	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to become one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want to be one of your disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1618	9:61	l545			πρῶτον δὲ ἐπίτρεψόν μοι	1	Alternate translation: “but before I do that, please let me”
1619	9:61	l546		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου	1	This person is referring figuratively to his family by association with where they live. Alternate translation: “my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1620	9:62	l547		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1621	9:62	l548		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	Jesus refers figuratively to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the hand. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1622	9:62	l553		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	A plow is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1623	9:62	l549		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1624	9:62	l550		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1625	10:intro	z899				0	Luke 10 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1–24) Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25–37) Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38–43) Special concepts in this chapter Harvest Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat it some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Neighbor The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29-37). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “72” In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke. “Jesus” In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.” In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1626	10:1	u8l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1627	10:1	l551			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the title the Lord to show his authority. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
1628	10:1	m75c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1629	10:1	g8ka		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ δύο	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sent them out two by two” or “sent them out in in groups of two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1630	10:1	l554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	The term face figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” or “to prepare the way for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1631	10:2	fx9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς	1	Jesus continues to speak figuratively and extends his metaphor by describing God as the Lord of the harvest. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1632	10:2	ju6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	Jesus continues to speak figuratively and extends his metaphor by describing God as the Lord of the harvest. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1633	10:2	l555		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	Jesus continues to speak figuratively and extends his metaphor by describing God as the Lord of the harvest. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1634	10:2	l556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as laborers in the harvest. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1635	10:3	x732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1636	10:3	l557		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1637	10:3	u8h7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1638	10:3	l558		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	Jesus’ disciples would have known that lambs are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that wolves are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a pack of predators” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1639	10:3	l559		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, you is plural here and through 10:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1640	10:4	l560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Here, Jesus is using the word carry in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1641	10:4	fz6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them figuratively with larger meanings. The money bag represents the money it would contain. The sack represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The sandals represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1642	10:4	l561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in 10:7, he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1643	10:4	tj52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε	1	Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1644	10:5	l562		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1645	10:5	zk69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	The term house refers figuratively to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1646	10:5	l563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	This was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you in this household and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1647	10:6	x5e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸς εἰρήνης	1	The expression son of refers figuratively to a person who shares the qualities of something. Alternate translation: “a person who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1648	10:6	pq5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπαναπαήσεται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν	1	Here, the term upon creates a spatial metaphor. It means that this person will experience the peace that God gives in a special and lasting way. Alternate translation: “he will deeply experience the peace that you wish him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1649	10:6	it4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ & μή γε	1	It may be helpful to restate the entire phrase. Alternate translation: “if there is no one there who wants peace with God and with people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1650	10:6	zpx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀνακάμψει	1	Jesus describes peace as a living thing that could choose to leave one person and go to another person. Alternate translation: “you will experience that peace yourself instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1651	10:7	ki3k			ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε	1	Jesus was not saying that they should stay in the house all the time and never leave it, but that they should make it their base of operations for as long as they were in that place. Alternate translation: “stay at that house”
1652	10:7	l564		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the food and drink that they provide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1653	10:7	u3vs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
1654	10:7	kd8i			μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, remain in that house, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
1655	10:8	k8yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	The term they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1656	10:8	wd2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1657	10:9	ws6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς & ἀσθενεῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective sick as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1658	10:9	l565		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1659	10:9	l566		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1660	10:9	e1he		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The idea behind the abstract noun kingdom can be expressed with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean one of two things. (1) The kingdom of God is close in place, that is, its activities are happening nearby. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God is close in time, that is, it will begin soon. Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1661	10:10	nt9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	This is a direct contrast to the similar expression in 10:8. Once again the term they refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there do not welcome you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1662	10:11	l567		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν; πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing from the end of the previous verse): “that you are going to wipe even the dust from their city off your feet as a warning to them, but that you still want them to know that the kingdom of God came close to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1663	10:11	bc9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὑμῶν εἰς τοὺς πόδας ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν	1	This is a symbolic action by which these disciples are to show that they do not want to have the slightest connection with the people of any city who reject Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “Because you have rejected Jesus, we want to have nothing to do with you. We do not even want to have the dust from your town on our feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1664	10:11	l634		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἀπομασσόμεθα	1	Since Jesus was sending these people out in groups of two, two people would be saying this. So languages that have a dual form of “we” should use that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1665	10:11	s7ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε	1	The phrase introduces a warning. Alternate translation: “But we must warn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1666	10:11	fdk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated the similar sentence in 10:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1667	10:12	hhl1			λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize that what he is about to tell these disciples is very important. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
1668	10:12	l568		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus is using the term day to refer figuratively to a specific time. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1669	10:12	m7ch		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus expected his disciples to understand that he was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1670	10:12	qg62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus uses the name of the city, Sodom, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1671	10:12	l569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σοδόμοις & ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται, ἢ τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the city of Sodom because the people in it were so wicked. The implication is that it must therefore be an extremely serious offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge the people of that town more severely than he will judge the people of Sodom, even though he destroyed their city because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1672	10:13	sf42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively to two cities that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to show the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out, how he feels about those cities in a very strong way. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Chorazin and Bethsaida are two of the cities whose people God will judge severely for rejecting my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1673	10:13	l570		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	See how you translated this phrase in 6:24. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you, Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1674	10:13	l571		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is using the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1675	10:13	l572		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδά!	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city in each of these phrases, so you is singular in both cases. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida,” then you would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1676	10:13	l573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδά!	1	These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1677	10:13	mvq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is describing a situation that might have happened in the past but actually did not. He is doing this to express disappointment and regret about what is happening in the present. Be sure to translate this in such a way that your readers will know that this event actually did not happen but they will understand why Jesus is imagining it. Alternate translation: “I can well imagine that if the people of Tyre and Sidon had witnessed the miracles that I performed for you, they would have repented a long time ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1678	10:13	l574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν & μετενόησαν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. So the implication is similar to the one about the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because they were so wicked. But even the people who lived in those cities would have repented if they had seen the miracles I did in Chorazin and Bethsaida. So the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida certainly should have repented as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1679	10:13	l575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	Jesus uses the names of these cities to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1680	10:13	l576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι	1	These are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1681	10:13	l577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αἱ δυνάμεις, αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1682	10:13	it4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν	1	Jesus is saying that the people of Tyre and Sidon would have performed these actions, which are signs of humility and sorrow, to show that they were very sorry for committing their sins. Alternate translation: “they would have shown how sorry they were for their sins … by sitting on the ground wearing rough clothes and putting ashes on their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1683	10:14	l578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses the name of these cities, Tyre and Sidon, to refer figuratively to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1684	10:14	ikt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that these disciples will know that God destroyed the cities of Tyre and Sidon because the people in them were so wicked. The implication, as in the case of Sodom, is that it must therefore be an extremely grave offense to reject the messengers of the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon, even though he destroyed their cities because they were so wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1685	10:14	l579		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται & ἢ ὑμῖν	1	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Chorazin and Bethsaida. Alternate translation: “Because you did not repent and believe in me even though you saw me do miracles, God will judge you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida more severely than he will judge the people who lived in Tyre and Sidon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1686	10:14	txw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1687	10:14	l580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, you would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
1688	10:15	h28u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out, how he feels about this city in a very strong way. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
1689	10:15	l581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1690	10:15	enp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1691	10:15	gk9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	To be exalted or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up to heaven (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1692	10:15	l582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1693	10:15	l583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then you would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1694	10:15	l584		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1695	10:15	l585		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1696	10:15	l586		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1697	10:15	l587		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	To be brought down is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1698	10:15	bjh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1699	10:15	l588		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1700	10:16	i786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει	1	You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1701	10:16	q56b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ	1	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1702	10:16	g3fx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁ & ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects me, it is as if they were rejecting the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1703	10:16	eus8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1704	10:17	m7nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1705	10:17	prj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	As in 10:1, see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say 72 or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1706	10:17	l589		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1707	10:17	cx7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	The term name refers figuratively to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1708	10:18	a37w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1709	10:18	v8fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1710	10:18	l590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σατανᾶν	1	This is the name of the devil. It occurs a few more times in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1711	10:19	l591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses this term to focus his disciples’ attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1712	10:19	xl7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be referring to actual snakes and scorpions and saying that God will protect his disciples from these dangers everywhere they travel to proclaim the kingdom. Alternate translation: “protection from snakes and scorpions, even if you step on them” (2) The phrase snakes and scorpions could be a figurative way of describing evil spirits. Alternate translation: “the power to defeat evil spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1713	10:19	l592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὄφεων	1	In context, this clearly means poisonous snakes. If your readers would not be familiar with snakes, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous biting animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1714	10:19	mla6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	The term scorpions describes small animals that are related to spiders. They have two claws and a poisonous stinger in their tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous stinging animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1715	10:19	uvt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The enemy is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1716	10:19	l593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ	1	Here, Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1717	10:20	cs52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1718	10:20	l594		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1719	10:20	s4cj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1720	10:20	l595		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1721	10:21	l596		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1722	10:21	l597		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ	1	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of you would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
1723	10:21	mf9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1724	10:21	rs3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Jesus is using a figure of speech to describe something by naming its two components. Together, heaven and earth represent everything that exists. Alternate translation: “you who rule over everything that exists” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1725	10:21	n6xb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo	ταῦτα	1	Jesus is likely using this expression to refer to his identity as God’s Son, and God’s identity as his Father. He describes these things in the next verse and says that only people to whom he reveals these identities can understand them, just as he says here that they are revealed only to certain people. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
1726	10:21	l598		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives wise and intelligent as nouns to refer to people who have those qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1727	10:21	i2zf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	Because God had concealed the truth from these people, they actually were not wise and intelligent, even though they thought they were. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1728	10:21	l599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν	1	The terms wise and intelligent mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1729	10:21	a175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νηπίοις	1	This term refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus’ teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could transalte it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1730	10:21	nm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν σου	1	Jesus says before you to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1731	10:22	e47e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1732	10:22	l600		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1733	10:22	six4			γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Here, the Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
1734	10:22	xm3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1735	10:22	fp68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς & ὁ Πατήρ	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1736	10:22	rkt2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς γινώσκει & τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Son knows who the Father is” or “only I know who the Father is” or “only I am acquainted with the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1737	10:22	zg14			γινώσκει & τίς ἐστιν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Here, he Greek word translated knows means to know from personal experience. Jesus knows God his Father in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Father” or “am acquainted with the Father”
1738	10:22	evw3			ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι	1	Alternate translation: “whoever the Son wants to introduce the Father to” or (if you translated in the first person) “whoever I want to introduce the Father to”
1739	10:23	yd5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς κατ’ ἰδίαν, εἶπεν	1	The implication is that a crowd was present when the 72 disciples returned to report to Jesus what they had done, and that this crowd heard what Jesus told them and what he prayed to God. But now Jesus is speaking only to the disciples in a way that the crowd will not be able to hear him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, in the direction of his disciples so that only they could hear him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1740	10:23	l601		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	Jesus is using the term eyes to describe these disciples by reference to one part of them, the part they are using to witness the great works that reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see what you see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1741	10:23	mq23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε	1	The phrase what you see probably refers to the great works of healing and miracles that Jesus is doing, which reveal who he is. Alternate translation: “How good it is for you to see the things that I am doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1742	10:24	f32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not see these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1743	10:24	q61s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἃ ἀκούετε	1	The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1744	10:24	mb4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1745	10:25	l602		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1746	10:25	klh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	νομικός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a lawyer who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1747	10:25	l603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νομικός	1	See how you translated this in 7:30. Alternate translation: “an expert in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1748	10:25	l604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνέστη	1	By standing up, this lawyer was indicating that he had a question to ask Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this was the reason for his action. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that he wanted to ask a question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1749	10:25	c6ac			ἐκπειράζων αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to see how well he would answer”
1750	10:25	l605			Διδάσκαλε	1	This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
1751	10:25	l606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω?	1	This lawyer may be asking about a single deed that would be worthy of eternal life, because he uses a verb form that does not indicate continuing action. Alternate translation: “What one thing do I need to do so that God will give me eternal life?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
1752	10:25	dh16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	The lawyer is using the term inherit in a figurative sense to mean “come to possess” or “have.” Alternate translation: “so that God will give me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1753	10:26	nj77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1754	10:26	l607		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1755	10:26	m2nl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1756	10:26	a8nt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1757	10:27	l608		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1758	10:27	l609		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις	1	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of you because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of you your, and yourself in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1759	10:27	hxk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀγαπήσεις	1	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “you must love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1760	10:27	fzb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	Moses is using a figure of speech that describes something by listing its parts. Alternate translation: “with your entire being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1761	10:27	l610		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου	1	The words heart and soul figuratively represent a person’s inner being. If you do not translate all four of the terms here with a single phrase, you can represent these two together. Alternate translation: “with all of your inner self” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1762	10:27	k1el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου	1	The lawyer is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and you must also love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1763	10:28	l611		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	τοῦτο ποίει, καὶ ζήσῃ	1	Jesus is describing a conditional situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “If you do this, then God will give you eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
1764	10:28	xd4n			ζήσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “God will give you eternal life”
1765	10:29	xt23			ὁ δὲ θέλων δικαιῶσαι ἑαυτὸν, εἶπεν	1	Alternate translation: “But the lawyer wanted to prove that he had done what he needed to do”
1766	10:29	lr4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς ἐστίν μου πλησίον?	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the reason why the lawyer asked this specific question. Alternate translation: “whom should I consider to be my neighbor and someone I need to love as I love myself?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1767	10:30	l612		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to the question that the lawyer asked him. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1768	10:30	bh6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Jesus answers the man’s question by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “As an answer to the man’s question, Jesus told him this story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1769	10:30	e1lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	This introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1770	10:30	l614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	Jesus says going down because this man would have had to travel from a mountain height down into a valley to go from Jerusalem to Jericho. Alternate translation: “was traveling from Jerusalem to Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1771	10:30	v2ms		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν	1	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “some robbers attacked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1772	10:30	heb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “after they had taken everything he had” or “after they had stolen of all his things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1773	10:30	l615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ λῃσταῖς περιέπεσεν	1	This expression means that the robbers also beat this man. Alternate translation: “and beaten him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1774	10:30	r3gd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμιθανῆ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1775	10:31	i3sf			κατὰ συνκυρίαν	1	This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
1776	10:31	plr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἱερεύς τις	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1777	10:31	l616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἱερεύς τις	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1778	10:31	gh79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἰδὼν αὐτὸν	1	Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1779	10:31	xiu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1780	10:32	z3ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ Λευείτης	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1781	10:32	l617		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ Λευείτης	1	Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite who was traveling on that road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1782	10:32	lf3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a Levite was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1783	10:32	l618		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the Levite came to where the injured man was and saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1784	10:32	l619		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1785	10:33	z3xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1786	10:33	cyp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1787	10:33	l620		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. You can do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1788	10:33	w8qm			ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
1789	10:34	emq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	The Samaritan would have put the oil and wine on the wounds first, and then bound up the wounds. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
1790	10:34	um21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	The wine was used to clean the wounds, and the oil was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1791	10:34	ktz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος	1	The Greek term translated as animal refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could say that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey was, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1792	10:35	z9w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δύο δηνάρια	1	See how you translated the term denarii in 7:41. Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1793	10:35	nu6t			τῷ πανδοχεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
1794	10:35	f5dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι	1	The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1795	10:36	pa6a			τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
1796	10:36	v31w			πλησίον & γεγονέναι	1	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
1797	10:36	kv4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς	1	As in 10:30, be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1798	10:37	ig9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also indicate what do likewise means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1799	10:38	kv4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1800	10:38	l621		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν & ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	Luke figuratively says he and him, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1801	10:38	i17j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα	1	This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1802	10:38	l622		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μάρθα	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1803	10:39	l623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	This introduces Mary as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1804	10:39	l624		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1805	10:39	l625		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1806	10:39	fal8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1807	10:39	l626		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1808	10:39	l627			τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
1809	10:39	i74b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1810	10:40	adr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1811	10:40	jd9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν?	1	Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1812	10:41	l628		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1813	10:41	l629			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
1814	10:41	dsw3			Μάρθα, Μάρθα	1	Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
1815	10:41	l630		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	The terms anxious and troubled mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1816	10:41	l631		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	If you do not combine the term for troubled with the word anxious into a single phrase, you could say are … troubled with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1817	10:42	hqt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	Jesus says one thing as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1818	10:42	l632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1819	10:42	l633			Μαριὰμ & τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, the good part with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
1820	10:42	nzn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her” or (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1821	11:intro	j6le				0	Luke 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1–13) Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14–36) Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37–54) ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer. Special concepts in this chapter The Lord’s Prayer When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about. Jonah Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Washing The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) Important textual issues in this chapter Bread and stone, fish and snake In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1822	11:1	fl3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1823	11:1	l635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. You could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1824	11:2	n3pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as Father when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1825	11:2	l636		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Jesus is not saying that God’s name is not already holy in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s name. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1826	11:2	l637		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1827	11:2	b6sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	The term name is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1828	11:2	tm1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the kingdom of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1829	11:2	l638		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	σου	1	Here, the word your is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for your in its two instances here and for you in 11:4. Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
1830	11:3	q89w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1831	11:3	l639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δίδου ἡμῖν	1	Jesus teaches his disciples to speak to God in the plural because he wants them to pray together in community about the matters he describes. Since the word us would refer to the people praying, but not to God, it would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1832	11:3	s6qp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον	1	Jesus refers figuratively to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1833	11:4	iid7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἄφες ἡμῖν & μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς	1	These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests, rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please forgive us … please do not lead us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1834	11:4	wi99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν	1	Jesus uses the image of being in debt figuratively to describe having sinned against a person. Alternate translation: “everyone who has sinned against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1835	11:4	db55			μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “please lead us away from temptation”
1836	11:5	l640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you went to the house of a friend in the middle of the night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1837	11:5	l641		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἴπῃ αὐτῷ, φίλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asked his friend to let him borrow three loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1838	11:5	y1s9			χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς ἄρτους	1	Alternate translation: “let me borrow three loaves of bread” or “give me three loaves of bread, and I will pay you back later”
1839	11:6	l642		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπειδὴ φίλος μου παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με, καὶ οὐκ ἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “explaining that another friend has just arrived on a journey and that he does not have enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1840	11:6	l643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπειδὴ	1	The speaker uses this word to introduce the reason why he is making this request at this time. If you translate this as a direct quotation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you why I am asking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1841	11:6	zl5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός με	1	The speaker uses the term road figuratively to describe being on a journey. Alternate translation: “another friend of mine is on a journey and has just arrived at my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1842	11:6	zp7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	It is unlikely that the speaker has no food at all in his house that he could serve his friend. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “enough food to feed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1843	11:6	l731		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	There are two other possibilities for why the speaker says this. (1) The issue could be, as UST implies, that while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) The implication may be that the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1844	11:7	l644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ	1	The word answering indicates that what this friend may say would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1845	11:7	l645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1846	11:7	l646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1847	11:7	vhf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς	1	The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1848	11:8	zl2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word you is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1849	11:8	prx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun persistence with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1850	11:8	l647			ἐγερθεὶς	1	Alternate translation: “he will get out of bed”
1851	11:9	j4ef		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω & ὑμῖν & εὑρήσετε & ὑμῖν	1	In the first instance in this verse, you is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, you is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1852	11:9	l648		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε & ζητεῖτε	1	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1853	11:9	i7j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1854	11:9	l1f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούετε	1	To knock at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1855	11:9	l649		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρούετε	1	Jesus is using the expression knock figuratively to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1856	11:9	kp3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1857	11:9	l650		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	This phrase continues the figure of knocking on a door that Jesus is using to represent prayer. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1858	11:10	l651		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ κρούοντι	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1859	11:10	l652		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1860	11:10	l653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	This phrase continues the figure of knocking on a door that Jesus is using to represent prayer. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1861	11:11	l654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1862	11:11	l655			τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει	1	Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
1863	11:11	q63d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “None of you fathers would give your son a snake if he asked for a fish!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1864	11:11	l656		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach, and you could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a son who asked for a fish to eat. None of you fathers would give him a snake instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1865	11:12	l657		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον	1	Jesus is speaking in an abbreviated way. Alternate translation: “Or if a son asked for an egg, would his father give him a scorpion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1866	11:12	r52w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “And no father would give his son a scorpion if he asked for an egg!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1867	11:12	l658		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ καὶ αἰτήσει ᾠόν, ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον?	1	Jesus is also using a hypothetical situation to teach. You could translate his words that way. Alternate translation: “Or suppose a son asked for an egg to eat. His father would not give him a scorpion instead.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1868	11:12	e8hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκορπίον	1	A scorpion is a small animal related to the spider. It has two claws and a poisonous stinger in its tail. If your readers would not be familiar with scorpions, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a poisonous stinging animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1869	11:13	g99r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες, οἴδατε	1	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since you who are evil know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1870	11:13	aww7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, δώσει Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Heavenly Father will even more certainly give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1871	11:14	uyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
1872	11:14	afa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον κωφόν	1	The demon itself was not unable to speak. Rather, it was preventing the man whom it was controlling from speaking. Alternate translation: “Jesus was driving out a demon that was causing a man to be unable to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1873	11:14	l6cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark where the action begins that this episode centers around. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1874	11:14	p72b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐξελθόντος	1	Luke is relating this episode briefly, and he does not say from whom the demon had gone out. You language may require you to say that. Alternate translation: “when the demon had gone out of the man” or “once the demon had left the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1875	11:14	tnq3			ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός	1	Alternate translation: “the man who had been unable to speak then spoke”
1876	11:15	y6zi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	These people are using the name of this chief demon figuratively to refer by association to his power, which they are accusing Jesus of using. Alternate translation: “By the power of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1877	11:15	l659		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul is the name of the supposed ruler of the demons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1878	11:16	r519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἕτεροι δὲ πειράζοντες	1	The word him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “other people challenged Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1879	11:16	l660		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “demanding that he ask God to do a miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1880	11:16	x9fw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the people who were challenging Jesus wanted him to ask God for a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. Alternate translation: “by demanding that he ask God to do a miracle to show that God had given him his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1881	11:17	l661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πᾶσα βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσα ἐρημοῦται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbs to express the ideas behind the two passive verb forms divided and is made desolate. Alternate translation: “If the people of a kingdom fight among themselves, they will destroy their own kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1882	11:17	e36g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βασιλεία	1	Jesus uses the term kingdom to refer figuratively to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people of a kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1883	11:17	l662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. The sense of divided can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “any house that is divided against itself will collapse” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1884	11:17	rc4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει	1	The term house refers figuratively to the people of a family who live in the same house. Alternate translation: “if family members fight against each other, they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1885	11:17	ze6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πίπτει	1	This image of a house collapsing figuratively depicts the destruction of a family when the members fight against each other. Alternate translation: “they will ruin their family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1886	11:18	jd5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1887	11:18	l663		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1888	11:18	i74u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ & ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	Here, Jesus uses the person of Satan to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1889	11:18	l664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ & ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1890	11:18	l665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus asks figuratively how a kingdom could stand as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1891	11:18	vnt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also e helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1892	11:18	l666		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	See how you translated the name Beelzebul in 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1893	11:19	i48v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1894	11:19	l667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1895	11:19	l668		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1896	11:19	l669		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	See how you translated the name Beelzebul in 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1897	11:19	l670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	Here, Jesus uses the word sons figuratively to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1898	11:19	bs8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1899	11:20	l671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ, ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “So I must be making demons leave people by the power of God. This shows that the kingdom of God has come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
1900	11:20	y643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	This phrase refers figuratively to God’s power. Alternate translation: “the power of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1901	11:20	ja3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean one of two things. (1) The kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) The kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1902	11:21	e4d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1903	11:21	l672		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1904	11:21	l673		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its courtyard or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1905	11:21	pb5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s possessions, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1906	11:22	g1hx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the adjective stronger as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1907	11:22	zv57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the first man’s possessions as if they were the spoils of war. He also says figuratively that the stronger man will divide these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1908	11:22	l674		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1909	11:23	yw6h			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
1910	11:23	h3kb			ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
1911	11:23	t7zn			κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “is working against me”
1912	11:23	wa13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1913	11:24	l675		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1914	11:24	l676		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1915	11:24	l677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1916	11:24	fpj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀνύδρων τόπων	1	Jesus is describing to the desert figuratively by reference to the lack of water there. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1917	11:24	l678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1918	11:24	yvp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1919	11:24	l679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
1920	11:24	s89t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	The demon is referring figuratively to the person it formerly controlled as its house. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1921	11:25	b4u3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1922	11:25	l680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1923	11:25	l681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1924	11:26	wqq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	Here, the adjectives last and first function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun things in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1925	11:26	l682		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	Here, Jesus is using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1926	11:27	m86m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1927	11:27	pk7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν	1	The idiom lifting up her voice means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1928	11:27	l683		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἐπάρασά & φωνὴν & εἶπεν	1	Lifting up her voice tells how the woman said what she did. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two terms. Alternate translation: “shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1929	11:27	vjt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	The woman who is shouting out to Jesus is using some of a woman’s body to refer to the whole woman. Alternate translation: “How good it is for the woman who gave birth to you and nursed you” or “How happy the woman must be who gave birth to you and nursed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1930	11:27	l684			μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας	1	While this woman is speaking about the mother of Jesus, she is actually pronouncing a blessing on him. Alternate translation: “I bless you, because this world is a better place because your mother brought you into it”
1931	11:28	c7e8			μενοῦν, μακάριοι	1	Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more blessed. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
1932	11:28	l685			οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες	1	Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
1933	11:28	c3f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1934	11:29	cf2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what these crowds were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1935	11:29	kt6k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1936	11:29	q19q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the sign that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1937	11:29	l686		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
1938	11:29	s29w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1939	11:29	ft6z			τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
1940	11:30	vj9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς & ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1941	11:30	l687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῖς Νινευείταις	1	This term describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1942	11:30	il7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1943	11:30	l732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1944	11:30	ax7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “to the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1945	11:31	t1mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	βασίλισσα νότου	1	This means the Queen of Sheba. Sheba was a kingdom south of Israel. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1946	11:31	bx3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐγερθήσεται & μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	In this culture, a person would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for her action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1947	11:31	l688			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
1948	11:31	l689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1949	11:31	rnq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς	1	This is an idiom that means she came from very far away. Alternate translation: “she traveled a great distance” or “she came from a faraway place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1950	11:31	l690		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun wisdom with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise things that Solomon said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1951	11:31	l691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1952	11:31	l692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective greater as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Solomon is here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1953	11:31	cwa7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Solomon, am here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1954	11:31	p75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not listened to Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Solomon, am here, the people of this time have not listened to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1955	11:32	pkh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that Nineveh refers to the ancient city of Nineveh. Alternate translation: “The people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1956	11:32	g456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνδρες	1	Here, the term men is generic and includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1957	11:32	l693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀναστήσονται & μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Here, the term rise up means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “will stand up … to give testimony before God against the people who lived at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1958	11:32	l694			ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges people”
1959	11:32	uwp5			τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Alternate translation: “the people who lived at this time”
1960	11:32	l695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get the crowd to focus its attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1961	11:32	l696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is using the adjective greater as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is greater than Jonah is here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1962	11:32	ac61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, who am greater than Jonah, am here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1963	11:32	l697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that these people have not repented after hearing the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “even though I, who am greater than Jonah, am here, you still have not repented after hearing my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1964	11:33	l698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	οὐδεὶς λύχνον ἅψας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus offers a brief illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘No one who lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1965	11:33	ht3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρύπτην τίθησιν	1	This expression means a place in a house that would not ordinarily be seen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the name of any part of a dwelling in your culture that would not ordinarily be seen. Alternate translation: “a closet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1966	11:33	l699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν μόδιον	1	The term the measure refers to a container for dry material that had a capacity of about eight liters or about two gallons. You can represent the term in your translation with the name of a corresponding container in your culture. Alternate translation: “a basket” or “a bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1967	11:33	hz46		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the understood subject and verb in this clause. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead, a person places a lighted lamp on a lampstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1968	11:34	n1pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου	1	The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. It is not a source of light, but a channel of light. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1969	11:34	l700		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so your and you are singular in 11:34–36. But if the singular form of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
1970	11:34	rm2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ὅταν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν	1	Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1971	11:34	td49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινόν	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you not will understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1972	11:34	l701			ἐπὰν δὲ πονηρὸς ᾖ	1	In this context, Jesus is using the term bad to contrast with healthy, so it means “unhealthy.” Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy”
1973	11:35	z96u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	σκόπει & μὴ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν	1	Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “It would be dangerous for you to think that you could see clearly if you actually could not. In the same way, be careful not to think that you understand and live by God’s message if you really do not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
1974	11:36	g336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔσται φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος τῇ ἀστραπῇ φωτίζῃ σε	1	Jesus now uses a simile to connect the illustration of the lamp with the extended metaphor of the eye. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of the simile. Alternate translation: “light will come into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will be able to understand his message and live by it completely, just as a lamp shines a bright light that allows you to see yourself and everything around you clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1975	11:37	h6zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ λαλῆσαι	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “and when Jesus had finished saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1976	11:37	l702			ἐρωτᾷ αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖος	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee asked him”
1977	11:37	l703		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Φαρισαῖος	1	This introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1978	11:37	x6nx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “sat down at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1979	11:38	bm8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη	1	The Pharisees had a rule that people had to wash their hands before eating in order to be ceremonially clean before God. Alternate translation: “wash his hands in order to be ceremonially clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1980	11:39	l704			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
1981	11:39	xf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	It becomes clear from the second part of this sentence that Jesus is using the cup and the bowl figuratively in the first part to represent the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “You Pharisees are careful to maintain good appearances on the outside, but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1982	11:39	zkq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς & τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε	1	Washing of the outside of containers was a part of the ritual practices of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “as part of your rituals, you … always clean the things that you are going to eat and drink from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1983	11:39	b8gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns greed and evil with adjectives, as UST does. Alternate translation: “but your true character is that you are greedy and wicked people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1984	11:40	zq4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄφρονες	1	Jesus is using an adjective as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1985	11:40	g39h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν, καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and correct the Pharisees. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The one who made the outside also made the inside!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1986	11:41	m3ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is now referring literally to the cups and bowls because he wants to speak about what they contain. So in this saying, they no longer represent the Pharisees figuratively. Alternate translation: “give to the poor what is in your cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1987	11:41	l705		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Jesus is referring to food by association with the cups and bowls that the food is inside. Alternate translation: “share your food with the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1988	11:41	l706		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1989	11:41	phz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν	1	The implication is that if the Pharisees devote themselves to what is most important, helping people in need, then they will recognize that ceremonial cleansing is less important and less worthy of their attention. Alternate translation: “you will not have to be so concerned about ritually washing cups and bowls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1990	11:42	ans4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον, καὶ πᾶν λάχανον	1	The implication is that the Pharisees are counting the leaves on their garden herbs and giving a tenth of those to God, and that by doing that, they are going to almost absurd extremes in pursing that devotional practice. Alternate translation: “you are so extreme that you give every tenth leaf from your mint and rue and other garden plants to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1991	11:42	p71g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ πήγανον	1	These are the names of herbs. People put just a little bit of their leaves into their food to give it flavor. If your readers would not know what mint and rue are, you could use the name of herbs that they would know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1992	11:42	l25z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶν λάχανον	1	This does not mean every herb that exists, but every herb that the Pharisees were growing in their gardens. Alternate translation: “every other herb in your gardens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1993	11:42	yk7d			τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “to make sure that people are treated fairly and compassionately, as God would want”
1994	11:42	l707			ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα	1	By these things, Jesus means the justice and the love of God. By those things, he means devotional practices such as tithing. Your language may have its own way of expressing distinctions like this. Alternate translation: “the latter, and … the former”
1995	11:42	myv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	κἀκεῖνα μὴ παρεῖναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “while making sure to express your devotion to God as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1996	11:43	w6pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the best seats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1997	11:43	sz72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that people would greet the Pharisees in public by addressing them with honorary titles. Alternate translation: “for people to greet you with special titles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1998	11:44	hag2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	Jesus is saying that the Pharisees are like unmarked graves because they appear to be ceremonially clean, and so people do not realize that they should avoid them and their teaching. Alternate translation: “you are like burial places that people should not go near, but people do not realize that because the places are unmarked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1999	11:44	l708		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐστὲ ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα	1	The implication is that these graves are unseen, that is, people do not know that they are there, because they do not have markers such as the stones or plaques that are customarily used to identify graves and to memorialize the people who are buried in them. Alternate translation: “you are like unmarked graves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2000	11:44	mrw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μνημεῖα	1	The term graves refers to holes dug in the ground where dead bodies are buried. If your readers would not be familiar with graves, you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “burial places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2001	11:44	l709		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ περιπατοῦντες ἐπάνω	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that people walk over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2002	11:44	h9x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	The implication is that if the Jews walked over a grave, they would become ceremonially unclean because they had come close to a dead body. Unmarked graves would cause them to do that accidentally. Alternate translation: “do not realize that and so become ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2003	11:44	l710		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	Jesus is using the implied ceremonial uncleanness figuratively to represent not doing what pleases God. He has just said in 11:42 that this is really a matter of showing love and justice to others. Alternate translation: “without realizing it and so, because they follow your teaching, they do not do the things that God wants them to do most” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2004	11:45	l711			ἀποκριθεὶς δέ τις τῶν νομικῶν λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there said to him”
2005	11:45	l712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & λέγει	1	Together the two verbs answering and says mean that this lawyer was responding to what Jesus had said about the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2006	11:45	u1vv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	This phrase introduces a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2007	11:45	l713		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τις τῶν νομικῶν	1	See how you translated this in 7:30. Alternate translation: “one of the experts in the Jewish law who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2008	11:45	l714			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
2009	11:45	v1pr			ταῦτα λέγων, καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβρίζεις	1	Alternate translation: “those are not very nice things to say, and they apply to us too”
2010	11:46	wx9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς οὐαί	1	The implication is that Jesus did intend to condemn the actions of the experts in the law along with the actions of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “God is just as displeased with you experts in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2011	11:46	l715		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	See how you translated this in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2012	11:46	v2vl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φορτίζετε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα	1	Jesus is figuratively describing the many rules that these experts give people as burdens that are too heavy to carry. Alternate translation: “you give people more rules than they can possibly follow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2013	11:46	l716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2014	11:46	mws4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	αὐτοὶ ἑνὶ τῶν δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις	1	Jesus uses the least possible thing someone could do to help someone else carry a burden, lifting part of it with a single finger, to emphasize how little these experts are actually doing to help people follow the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “you are not doing anything at all to help people truly obey the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2015	11:47	l717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	πατέρες	1	Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2016	11:48	drs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖτε καὶ συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	The implication is that the Pharisees and experts in the law are not really honoring the prophets whom their ancestors killed when they build elaborate tombs for them. Rather, their ancestors began the job by actually killing them, and now they are finishing the job by burying them. Alternate translation: “you show that you approve of and agree with what your ancestors did when you bury the prophets to finish the job of killing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2017	11:48	l718		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term fathers in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2018	11:48	l719		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς & οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	The implication is that the Pharisees and law experts are building tombs for the prophets, as 11:47 says explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are building tombs for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2019	11:49	by5w			διὰ τοῦτο	1	The expression For this reason refers to the way that the current generation was effectively continuing the actions of its ancestors, who had killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “Because you are just as hostile to the prophets as your ancestors were”
2020	11:49	c97g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of God’s wisdom as if it were able to speak by itself. Alternate translation: “God in his wisdom said” or “God wisely said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2021	11:49	lda4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2022	11:49	w1fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word persecute may be telling why and how the people would kill the prophets. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute by killing” or “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2023	11:50	pi6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2024	11:50	l720		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ & ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2025	11:50	l721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα & τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2026	11:50	d1rf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα & τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus uses the term the blood … that has been shed to refer to the deaths of the prophets figuratively by association with their blood. Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2027	11:50	l722			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
2028	11:50	l723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2029	11:51	l724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ & αἵματος Ζαχαρίου	1	Jesus uses the terms the blood of Abel … the blood of Zechariah to refer to the deaths of these men figuratively by association with the shedding of their blood. Alternate translation: “the death of Abel … the death of Zechariah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2030	11:51	l725		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἂβελ	1	This is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2031	11:51	jes7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζαχαρίου	1	This is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See 2 Chronicles 24:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2032	11:51	l726		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου	1	Jesus figuratively calls the temple the house, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2033	11:51	l727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2034	11:51	l728		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2035	11:52	vj5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	See how you translated this in 11:45. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2036	11:52	s4fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως	1	Jesus speaks figuratively about the knowledge of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a key that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2037	11:52	xg48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κλεῖδα	1	A key is a small metal device that opens a lock that is used to keep things like a door, a box, or a drawer closed. If your readers would not know what a key is, you could use the name of a comparable device in your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2038	11:52	fj7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσήλθατε, καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε	1	Jesus continues the metaphor by saying figuratively that these experts in the law have not gone into the building where they could learn God’s truth, and they have not given others the key that would allow them to unlock the door and go inside to learn. Alternate translation: “you do not know God’s truth yourselves, and you are preventing others from knowing it as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2039	11:53	mld3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ	1	In this verse and the next verse, Luke comments on what happened as a result of the episode he has just related. Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the Pharisee’s house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2040	11:54	mr32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸν θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the scribes and Pharisees trying to find grounds to accuse Jesus as if they were hunters hiding behind cover in order to catch an animal. Luke then speaks figuratively of what Jesus was saying as if it were the animal that these hunters were trying to catch. Alternate translation: “listening carefully to Jesus to see if they could use something he said to accuse him of teaching the wrong things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2041	11:54	l729		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τι ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	Luke figuratively describes what Jesus was saying by association with his mouth, by which he spoke these things. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2042	12:intro	jun3				0	Luke 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about trusting and honoring God (12:1–12) Jesus tells a parable about a man who trusted in money (12:13–21) Jesus teaches not to trust in money (12:22–34) Jesus teaches about being ready for his return (12:35–59) Special concepts in this chapter “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” Jesus says in 12:10 that anyone who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This is a descriptive statement, not a prescriptive one. Jesus is not saying that if a person happens to speak certain words, then God will refuse to forgive them, no matter how sorry they are afterwards. Rather, it is the Holy Spirit who brings conviction of sin and of the need to repent. “Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit” means attributing the influence of the Holy Spirit to evil powers, as the Pharisees did when they said in 11:15 that Jesus drove out demons by the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of demons. By definition, then, if a person thinks that the influence of the Holy Spirit is an evil influence, they will not respond to it, and so they will not experience conviction of sin, repent, and be forgiven. That is why people who “blaspheme against the Holy Spirit” will not be forgiven. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Servants God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. Jesus teaches about this in 12:34-40. Division Jesus knew that those who did not choose to follow him would hate those who did choose to follow him. He also knew that most people love their families more than they love anyone else. So he wanted his followers to understand that following and pleasing him had to be more important to them than having their family love them. Jesus teaches about this in 12:49-53.
2043	12:1	en8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν οἷς	1	Luke uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. This phrase seems to refer back to 11:54. Alternate translation: “While the scribes and Pharisees were still looking for a way to trap him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2044	12:1	c8yk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2045	12:1	l730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μυριάδων	1	The word myriads is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2046	12:1	l734			τοῦ ὄχλου	1	In this context, the word crowd refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
2047	12:1	l735		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2048	12:1	ybz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2049	12:1	x38n			ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) This was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
2050	12:1	f5b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Jesus is describing the influence of the Pharisees figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2051	12:1	l736		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	This term describes a substance that causes fermentation and expansion within a batch of dough or batter. If your readers would not be familiar with yeast, you could use the name of a substance that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2052	12:2	m1ti		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	This word connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2053	12:2	e5w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both phrases in. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2054	12:2	l737		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2055	12:2	g46e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν & συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2056	12:2	l738		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2057	12:2	l739		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	Supplying nothing from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2058	12:2	l740		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2059	12:3	iv8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε	1	Jesus uses the image of darkness to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2060	12:3	l741		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	Jesus uses the image of light to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2061	12:3	l742		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2062	12:3	ix7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε	1	Alternate translation: “whispered to another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2063	12:3	jwe6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2064	12:3	b93h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2065	12:3	rmx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto housetops and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2066	12:4	m6t7			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου	1	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
2067	12:4	l743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα	1	Jesus speaks figuratively about a person by association with the body, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2068	12:4	vc8j			μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι	1	Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
2069	12:5	fsr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν & ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	The expression the one refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2070	12:5	us3x			μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
2071	12:5	l744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Γέενναν	1	This is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2072	12:5	ric8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Jesus figuratively uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2073	12:6	l745		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2074	12:6	czr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο?	1	Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2075	12:6	u697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	These are small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what sparrows are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2076	12:6	l746		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	The word assaria is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2077	12:6	mru1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2078	12:6	l747		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2079	12:6	l748		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The expression before God means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2080	12:7	m833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2081	12:7	l749		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	Jesus is figuratively using one small part of a person, a hair on the head, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2082	12:7	l750		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν	1	Although head is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, your is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2083	12:7	l751			ἠρίθμηνται	1	This word can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
2084	12:7	shk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε	1	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2085	12:8	xzh3			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
2086	12:8	d1cs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone would confess or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2087	12:8	l752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2088	12:8	l753		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2089	12:8	m5ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2090	12:8	l754		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2091	12:8	l755		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” or “so the angels can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2092	12:9	fu3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone would deny. Alternate translation: “whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2093	12:9	l756		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2094	12:9	l757		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2095	12:9	x27t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπαρνηθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2096	12:9	l758		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” or “so the angels can hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2097	12:10	rp5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus uses the term word figuratively to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2098	12:10	l759		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2099	12:10	l760		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2100	12:10	px39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2101	12:10	p9g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2102	12:11	f2j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅταν & εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2103	12:11	c1rk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in synagogues. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2104	12:11	gm94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2105	12:12	l761			τὸ & Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα διδάξει ὑμᾶς & ἃ δεῖ εἰπεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will tell you … what to say” or “the Holy Spirit will give you … the words to say”
2106	12:12	gz6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “in that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2107	12:13	i2vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν δέ τις ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a man who was there in the crowd said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2108	12:13	l762			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
2109	12:13	d1dj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μερίσασθαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν	1	In this culture, inheritances came from the father, usually after the father had died. You may need to make explicit that the speaker’s father had probably died. Alternate translation: “to divide the family property with me now that our father is dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2110	12:14	i8sm			ἄνθρωπε	1	Here, Jesus is using the impersonal term Man to put some social distance between himself and the questioner, by contrast with the way he called his disciples friends in 12:4. He is effectively rebuking the man for asking such a question. Your language might have a way of addressing people in a similar situation. Alternate translation: “Mister”
2111	12:14	hmn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς με κατέστησεν κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one appointed me to be a judge or mediator over you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2112	12:14	l763		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis as he rebukes this man. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate them with a single word that would carry the meaning of both terms. Alternate translation: “an abritrator” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2113	12:14	l764		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κριτὴν ἢ μεριστὴν	1	Jesus could also be using these two words to express a single idea. The term mediator may explain for what purpose a person was appointed as a judge, specifically, to settle disputes. Alternate translation: “a judge who settles disputes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2114	12:14	l765		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς	1	The term you refers to the man and his brother. It would be in the dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
2115	12:15	me49		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The implication is that Jesus said what follows to the whole crowd, which included the man who asked about the inheritance. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2116	12:15	l766		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	Jesus figuratively uses a word for seeing to indicate a need for caution. Alternate translation: “Watch out” or “Be careful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2117	12:15	ckn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πλεονεξίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract covetousness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the urge to have more things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2118	12:15	l767			τῷ περισσεύειν τινὶ & ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “how many things he owns”
2119	12:16	d37q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2120	12:16	gc9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὺς	1	The word them refers to the whole crowd, to which Jesus is continuing to speak. Alternate translation: “to the whole crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2121	12:16	nkw9			εὐφόρησεν	1	Alternate translation: “produced a very good harvest”
2122	12:17	w55n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	διελογίζετο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγων, τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς καρπούς μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked himself what he should do, since he did not have anywhere large enough to store his crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2123	12:17	l768		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ποῦ	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. As the man says in the next verse, he already does have some barns. He means that those barns do not have the capacity to store this new large harvest. Alternate translation: “anywhere large enough” or “enough room in my barns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2124	12:18	l769		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν, τοῦτο ποιήσω: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα τὸν σῖτον καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he finally decided that he should tear down the barns he had and bigger barns so that he could store all of his grain and other possessions in them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2125	12:18	d82f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰς ἀποθήκας	1	The term barns describes buildings in which farmers store crops they have harvested. If your readers would not be familiar with barns, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “storage buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2126	12:18	w6gc			τὰ ἀγαθά μου	1	Alternate translation: “my other possessions”
2127	12:19	l770		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρῶ τῇ ψυχῇ μου, ψυχή, ἔχεις πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά; ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He told himself that he had many goods stored up for many years, and so he could relax, eat, drink, be merry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2128	12:19	mqm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῇ ψυχῇ μου	1	The man figuratively addresses one part of himself, his soul or inner being, in order to speak to all of himself. Alternate translation: “myself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2129	12:20	l771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Θεός, ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ; ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “But God told him that he was very foolish, because he was going to die that night, and the things he had stored up would belong to someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2130	12:20	l772		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄφρων	1	God is using the adjective foolish as a noun in order to indicate what kind of person this man is. ULT adds the term one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “You foolish person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2131	12:20	l773			ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This is an indefinite construction, such as many languages use, but God is the actual subject. Alternate translation: “I am demanding your soul from you this very night”
2132	12:20	l774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ, τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	The term soul means the life of a person. God is using the same term as the man did, but with a different meaning, to show that he was foolish to have such confidence in his possessions. Alternate translation: “you are going to lose your life this very night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2133	12:20	xgr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ	1	This expression speaks about death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “you are going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2134	12:20	vyn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2135	12:21	m47i			ὁ θησαυρίζων	1	Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
2136	12:21	fst9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν	1	Jesus uses the term rich figuratively to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2137	12:22	ihk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν & πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	Since Peter asks in 12:41 whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in 12:1-12, but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2138	12:22	vim6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	The implication is that the reason is the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2139	12:22	cy4e			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “now listen to this carefully”
2140	12:22	u1cf			τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
2141	12:23	l775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “life is more than food, and the body is more than clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2142	12:23	y4qa			ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος	1	This is a general statement of value. Alternate translation: “there is more to life than the food you eat, and there is more to the body than the clothes that you wear”
2143	12:24	zx97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς κόρακας	1	The word ravens refers to large black birds and it can apply either to crows or to ravens. If your readers would not be familiar with either of those birds, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2144	12:24	l776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These two words mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together to express a general meaning. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2145	12:24	y4t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐκ & ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη	1	These are places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with either term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “no place to store food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2146	12:24	i238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν!	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus uses the exclamation to emphasize the point he wants his listeners to realize. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “You need to realize how much more valuable people are to God than birds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2147	12:25	lsx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν, δύναται ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “no one can make his life any longer by being anxious!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2148	12:25	n286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι πῆχυν	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the lifespan as if it were measured in length rather than in time. Alternate translation: “make his life any longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2149	12:25	l777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	A cubit is a measure of length equal to about half a meter, or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2150	12:25	l778		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	The implication may be that since a cubit is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2151	12:26	hl4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2152	12:26	l779		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	Jesus is using the adjective least as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2153	12:26	l780		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2154	12:27	h293			κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
2155	12:27	s8d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	The word lilies describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2156	12:27	u3mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	In this context, to spin means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2157	12:27	l781			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
2158	12:27	nug5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ	1	This could mean one of two things. You could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory in either way. Alternate translation: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth” or (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2159	12:27	l782		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σολομὼν	1	This is the name of a man, a great king of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2160	12:28	rur9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of God making the wild plants beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on them. Alternate translation: “if God makes the wild plants beautiful like this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2161	12:28	l783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ & ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2162	12:28	l784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν χόρτον	1	While Jesus uses a term that typically means grass, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2163	12:28	l785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν χόρτον	1	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what grass is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2164	12:28	t9am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2165	12:28	l786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “people use them for fuel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2166	12:28	l787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2167	12:28	gr4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2168	12:29	q67w			ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τί πίητε	1	The word seek has a specific meaning hear. It does not mean to look for these things because they have been lost. Alternate translation: “do not concentrate on what you will eat and drink”
2169	12:30	g8jy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου	1	The term nations means non-Jewish people groups. The term all is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2170	12:30	ns35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν & ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2171	12:31	gvj9			ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	As in 12:29, the word seek has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
2172	12:31	jni1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2173	12:31	l788		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	In context, the expression these things refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2174	12:32	eej3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον	1	Jesus refers figuratively to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his flock, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2175	12:32	e3tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
2176	12:33	rlg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as alms. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2177	12:33	dc7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς	1	The implication is that this will be the result of selling one’s possessions and giving the proceeds to the poor. Alternate translation: “In this way you will make for yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2178	12:33	l789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always be safe in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2179	12:33	xb63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	If you would like to reproduce the figure of speech that Jesus uses, but you think your readers might not know what purses are, you could explain that term, or you could use the name of a different container that people in your culture use to keep valuable things safe. Alternate translation: “moneybags that will not get holes in them” or “a jar that will never break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2180	12:33	am8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βαλλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα	1	Jesus is figuratively describing valuable things that will last by reference to purses or moneybags that will keep these things safe because they will never wear out. He makes this clear by speaking literally of unfailing treasure right afterwards. Alternate translation: “wealth that will always be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2181	12:33	h6qw			θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον	1	You could state this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “treasure that will always last”
2182	12:33	t1fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅπου κλέπτης οὐκ ἐγγίζει	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of a thief coming near to wealth to mean stealing it. Alternate translation: “where no thief ever steals anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2183	12:33	e2nj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει	1	Jesus leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and where no moth ever destroys anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2184	12:33	u258		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σὴς	1	A moth is a small insect that eats holes in fabric. If your readers would not know what a moth is, you could use the name of a different insect they would recognize that destroys materials, such as an ant or termite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2185	12:34	ad29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of a person’s heart and treasure being in the same location. Alternate translation: “the things you value are the things you will think about and try to obtain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2186	12:34	l790		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus uses the word treasure figuratively to mean what a person values. Alternate translation: “the things you value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2187	12:34	r26g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “are the things you will think about and want to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2188	12:34	l791		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2189	12:35	c4j1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2190	12:35	nk2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2191	12:35	l792		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2192	12:35	l793		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2193	12:35	l794		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but your is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of your in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2194	12:35	lh96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2195	12:35	l795		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2196	12:36	l796		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2197	12:36	mhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2198	12:36	l797		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term men here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2199	12:36	l798			πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων	1	Alternate translation: “for him to come home after a wedding celebration”
2200	12:36	l799		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούσαντος	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2201	12:36	l800		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ	1	The phrase open for him refers to the door of the master’s house. It was the responsibility of his servants to open it for him. Alternate translation: “they can open the door for him right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2202	12:37	qk47			μακάριοι	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
2203	12:37	xiv7			οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας	1	Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
2204	12:37	l801			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
2205	12:37	s3yd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2206	12:38	l802			κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ	1	Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
2207	12:38	x25s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ & φυλακῇ	1	The second watch of the night was from 9:00 p.m. until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2208	12:38	qa35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ	1	The third watch was from midnight until 3:00 a.m. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2209	12:38	l803			καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, μακάριοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι	1	Alternate translation: “how good it will be for servants whom he finds waiting for him” or “how good it will be for servants who are ready when he returns”
2210	12:39	l804			τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε	1	Jesus says this to encourage his disciples to think carefully about what he is going to tell them. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to think carefully about this”
2211	12:39	l805		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης	1	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’ (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2212	12:39	l806		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται	1	The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2213	12:39	v73u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ	1	Jesus uses the term hour figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2214	12:39	ej9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2215	12:39	ej9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2216	12:40	p1y9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2217	12:40	dw4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2218	12:40	l807		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2219	12:41	i9d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος	1	Luke says this to reintroduce Peter as a participant in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could remind them who Peter was. Alternate translation: “Then Peter, one of his disciples, asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2220	12:41	l808		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	By us, Peter means “me and the rest of your disciples” but not Jesus himself. So us would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2221	12:41	l809		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	Peter is generalizing to mean “everyone who can hear you.” Alternate translation: “everyone here” or “the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2222	12:42	l810			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
2223	12:42	g8lu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2224	12:42	dxd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2225	12:42	mnn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus refers to the other servants figuratively as the master’s care, by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2226	12:42	l811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2227	12:43	g6xl			μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
2228	12:43	h35t			ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
2229	12:44	i2cq			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
2230	12:44	y47s			ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “he will put him in charge of all of his property”
2231	12:45	cu5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if that servant thinks to himself that his master is going to come back later than he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2232	12:45	l812		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ & καὶ ἄρξηται	1	The illustration that Jesus is using involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose that servant thinks to himself … and suppose he begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2233	12:45	aku7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἴπῃ & ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the heart figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation: “thinks to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2234	12:45	l813			χρονίζει ὁ κύριός μου ἔρχεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “My master is going to come back later than he said”
2235	12:45	juc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς παιδίσκας	1	Jesus is figuratively using the two types of servants to mean all of the master’s servants. Alternate translation: “all the other servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2236	12:46	l814		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου ἐκείνου	1	If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this verse as the result of that condition. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then the master of that servant will arrive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2237	12:46	j1m1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using the repetition to emphasize that the return of the master will be completely unexpected by the servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “at a time that is a complete surprise to the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2238	12:46	l815		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term day figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he is not expecting him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2239	12:46	l816		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει	1	Here, Jesus uses the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at a time when he does not think he will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2240	12:46	vg1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν	1	Jesus likely means this expression figuratively, since if the master did this literally to the servant, he could not then reassign him to less important responsibilities. Alternate translation: “will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2241	12:46	l817			τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει	1	The term unfaithful likely means “untrustworthy.” The meaning seems to be that the master will assign this servant to less important responsibilities, along with other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted with important ones. Alternate translation: “will give him unimportant responsibilities, like other servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted”
2242	12:46	l818		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	Jesus is using the adjective unfaithful as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2243	12:47	p1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2244	12:47	aj41			τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
2245	12:47	im3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2246	12:48	l819		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master will punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2247	12:48	nn9c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2248	12:48	qg96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2249	12:48	ehu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παντὶ & ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2250	12:48	ir7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2251	12:49	qy62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the effects of his ministry and teaching. In context, since he says contrastingly in 12:51 that he did not come to bring peace to the earth, fire likely represents the passionate responses to him, both favorable and unfavorable, that would lead to the divisions he describes in 12:52–53. Alternate translation: “My coming will lead to conflict among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2252	12:49	l820		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus says the earth figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2253	12:49	ygv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire was already lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2254	12:49	ygx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	This exclamation continues the metaphor of fire as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2255	12:49	l821		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire was already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2256	12:50	k4e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2257	12:50	hn1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of baptism to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2258	12:50	l822		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα & ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2259	12:50	r2yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2260	12:50	l823		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2261	12:50	l824		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2262	12:51	s32r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ?	1	Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2263	12:51	l825		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Jesus says the earth figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2264	12:51	l826		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην & δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun peace with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2265	12:51	l827		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “No … I came to bring division instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2266	12:51	np4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί & ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun division with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2267	12:51	l828			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand that”
2268	12:52	vrt5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ	1	Jesus uses the term house to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2269	12:52	l829		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2270	12:52	fln4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says figuratively earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2271	12:52	l830		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2272	12:53	qr7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	διαμερισθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2273	12:53	l831		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2274	12:53	l832		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2275	12:53	l833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2276	12:54	i84z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅταν ἴδητε νεφέλην ἀνατέλλουσαν	1	Clouds forming in this direction would indicate that rain was coming in Israel, because the sea was to the west. If rainstorms tend to come from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “clouds forming in a certain direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2277	12:54	d3gk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι ὄμβρος ἔρχεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2278	12:54	l834			καὶ γίνεται οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “and it does rain”
2279	12:55	gq22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	νότον πνέοντα	1	Wind coming from this direction would indicate that hot weather was coming in Israel, because the desert was to the south. If hot winds blow from a different direction in your region, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the wind is blowing from a certain direction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2280	12:55	l835		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι καύσων ἔσται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that it is going to be very hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2281	12:55	l836			καὶ γίνεται	1	Alternate translation: “and it does get hot”
2282	12:56	l837		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί!	1	The implication, which Jesus draws out in the rest of this verse, is that people who could understand the weather from signs such as wind and clouds also ought to be able to understand what God was doing through Jesus from the signs surrounding his ministry. So if they did not welcome him, it was not because they did not see or understand these signs. Rather, it was because they were pretending not to see or understand them. Alternate translation: “You are pretending not to understand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2283	12:56	jdj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ πρόσωπον	1	Jesus uses the term face figuratively to mean “appearance.” Alternate translation: “the appearance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2284	12:56	y3yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2285	12:57	w8rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own initiative what is right.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2286	12:58	y75j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2287	12:58	l838		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2288	12:58	f1ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις & σου & σε	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of you and your in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2289	12:58	t4v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου	1	In the context of this story, this term means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the adversary is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2290	12:58	e7hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρχοντα	1	This is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2291	12:58	b7sh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2292	12:58	l839		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν κριτήν	1	The term the judge refers to the same person as the magistrate, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2293	12:58	l840		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῷ πράκτορι	1	In the context of the story, the term the officer refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2294	12:59	wi7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	λέγω σοι	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2295	12:59	l841		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	λέγω σοι	1	Even though Jesus is speaking directly to the crowd, he is still addressing an individual situation, so you is singular here and in the rest of this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2296	12:59	i124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	An lepton was the smallest and least valuable coin in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about a tenth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the very last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2297	13:intro	xaa2				0	Luke 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches with parables and heals (13:1–30) Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31–35) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter Unknown events The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1–2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells. Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
2298	13:1	t1fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2299	13:1	l842		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	παρῆσαν & τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2300	13:1	wg2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in 11:54. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2301	13:1	l843		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Luke is speaking figuratively about this event to indicate that the blood of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal sacrifices. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2302	13:1	fj2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses the term blood figuratively to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2303	13:1	l844		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2304	13:1	l845		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πειλᾶτος	1	This is the name of a man, who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in 3:1. His name occurs many times later in the book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2305	13:2	l846		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the people in the crowd told him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2306	13:2	zfa8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach these people and the whole crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2307	13:2	l847			ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους	1	Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
2308	13:2	l848			ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν	1	Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
2309	13:3	xl6m			οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
2310	13:3	a3ez		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in 19:41–44, in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2311	13:4	hj5w			ἢ ἐκεῖνοι	1	Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
2312	13:4	e2s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ	1	Jesus is using the adjective 18 (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2313	13:4	p6r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σιλωὰμ	1	This is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2314	13:4	vg9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach these the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not think that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2315	13:4	at9i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέται	1	This is a figurative way of describing someone as a sinner. Alternate translation: “sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2316	13:4	l849		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2317	13:5	m77t			οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
2318	13:5	ckc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	See how you translated the similar statement in 13:3. In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2319	13:6	sm1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2320	13:6	l850		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ	1	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2321	13:6	x42j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2322	13:6	l851		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συκῆν	1	A fig tree is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2323	13:6	l852		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν	1	This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2324	13:6	l853		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Here, your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2325	13:7	l854		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & πρὸς τὸν ἀμπελουργόν, ἰδοὺ, τρία ἔτη ἀφ’ οὗ ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν τῇ συκῇ ταύτῃ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκω. ἔκκοψον αὐτήν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told the gardener to pay attention, that he had been coming for three years to look for fruit on the fig tree, but he had not found any, and so the gardener should cut the tree down because it was keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2326	13:7	l855		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The man uses the term behold to get the gardener to pay attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2327	13:7	hg35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ?	1	The man uses the question form to emphasize that the tree is useless and that the gardener should cut it down. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let it keep the ground from being productive any longer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2328	13:7	l856		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ	1	The man speaks figuratively of the tree as if it were keeping the ground from working, since the ground would be productive if a different tree that actually was bearing fruit were in its place. Alternate translation: “keeping the ground from being productive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2329	13:8	pm3j			ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But he responded”
2330	13:8	l857		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει	1	Together the terms answering and says mean that the gardener responded to what his master told him to do. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2331	13:8	l2ks			ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος	1	Alternate translation: “wait one more year before cutting down the tree”
2332	13:8	st4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βάλω κόπρια	1	The word manure means animal dung. In some places people mix it into the ground to make the soil fertile for plants and trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could explain it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “mix animal dung into the soil to enrich it” or “fertilize it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2333	13:9	w5qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ καρπὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	The gardener does not specify what he thinks the master should do with the tree if it does bear fruit, but you can supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “If the tree has figs on it next year, then you can allow it to keep growing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2334	13:9	l928		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ μέλλον	1	The gardener is using the participle coming, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term one to show this. In context, this means “in the coming year.” If your language does not use adjectives this way, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “next year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2335	13:9	j4ul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν	1	The servant is using a statement to make a suggestion. He is not giving a command in the form of a future statement, as some languages allow speakers to do. Alternate translation: “you can have me cut it down for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2336	13:10	p3el		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2337	13:10	c3j8			ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since Luke does not specify which particular Sabbath day this was. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2338	13:11	l858		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2339	13:11	wn7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	γυνὴ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2340	13:11	hqj5			πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας	1	Alternate translation: “whom an evil spirit had been making weak”
2341	13:11	l859		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ παντελές	1	Luke is using the adjective complete as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2342	13:12	l860		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Unlike the term Man in 12:14, in this context Jesus uses the term Woman gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2343	13:12	h6ne		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2344	13:12	l29y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2345	13:13	k3k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2346	13:14	d8ir		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & ἔλεγεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2347	13:14	l861			ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
2348	13:14	ai1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς & ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2349	13:14	qap4			τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2350	13:15	l862			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
2351	13:15	k7p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη & αὐτῷ & καὶ εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2352	13:15	u6zr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2353	13:15	xt5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2354	13:15	ha7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον	1	These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an ox or a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2355	13:15	kbj4			τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	Here, your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
2356	13:16	br72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θυγατέρα Ἀβραὰμ	1	Jesus is using the word daughter figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2357	13:16	euq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the evil spirit causing the crippling disease as if Satan had tied the woman up. Alternate translation: “whom Satan kept crippled by this illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2358	13:16	l863		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Jesus figuratively calls the evil spirit Satan, by association with the leader of the evil spirits. Alternate translation: “this evil spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2359	13:16	mh31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	Jesus uses the term behold to emphasize the fact that eighteen years was a very long time for the woman to suffer. Your language may have its own way of emphasizing this. Alternate translation: “for eighteen long years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2360	13:16	g5b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2361	13:16	l864		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου	1	Jesus speaks again about the women’s disease figuratively as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2362	13:16	l865			τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Here, your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
2363	13:17	l866		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατῃσχύνοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2364	13:17	r1jn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2365	13:18	wdq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν	1	These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2366	13:18	ua3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν?	1	Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God. I am going to compare it with something” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2367	13:18	l867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “what is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2368	13:19	g4hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2369	13:19	l868		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2370	13:19	x3p8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	A mustard seed is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2371	13:19	l869		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	There are two possibilities here. (1) Jesus may be using the term man in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, it would be appropriate to say a man here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2372	13:19	wv4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2373	13:19	avk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς κλάδοις αὐτοῦ	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “birds built their nests in its branches” or “birds flew down and made nests in its branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2374	13:20	hn4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare to the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2375	13:20	l870		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2376	13:21	ub44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2377	13:21	l871		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2378	13:21	l872		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζύμῃ	1	See how you translated this term in 12:1. Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2379	13:21	wms4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of yeast is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2380	13:21	wz5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	The term seahs is the plural of “seah,” a a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2381	13:21	l873		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2382	13:22	bh87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2383	13:23	l874		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶπεν & τις αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2384	13:23	l875		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2385	13:23	yf6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2386	13:23	l876		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ & εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2387	13:24	i39q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας	1	Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2388	13:24	l877			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
2389	13:24	l878		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural. The implied you in the command to struggle earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2390	13:24	x137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πολλοί & ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2391	13:25	b35z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor	ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν	1	Jesus extends the metaphor of the door by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
2392	13:25	gk3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἄρξησθε & ὑμῖν & ὑμᾶς	1	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word you is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2393	13:25	l879		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2394	13:25	jqh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κρούειν τὴν θύραν	1	See how you translated the word “knock” in 11:9. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2395	13:25	l880		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	The people knocking on the door mean themselves but not the owner of the house, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2396	13:25	l881		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ	1	Together the two words answer and say mean that the owner of the house will respond to the people who are knocking on the door. Alternate translation: “will respond” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2397	13:25	l882		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀποκριθεὶς ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will respond that he does not know you or where you are from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2398	13:25	l883		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	The owner is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could draw on the first phrase to supply the words that are missing from the second phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I do not know you, and I do not know where you are from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2399	13:25	l884		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς, πόθεν ἐστέ	1	The owner is also using repetition for emphasis. If this would not be clear in your language and your readers might wonder why he was saying the same thing twice, you could translate this with a single phrase that expresses the basic meaning. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2400	13:26	l885		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἄρξεσθε λέγειν, ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you will begin to tell him that you shared meals with him and he taught in the streets of your town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2401	13:26	l886		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	Here, the term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “you were with us when we ate and drank” or “we ate and drank together with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2402	13:26	l887		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐφάγομεν & καὶ ἐπίομεν	1	The people are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “shared meals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2403	13:26	l888		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	Since the people are addressing the owner alone, the term you would be singular here, and also in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, you taught. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2404	13:26	l889		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἡμῶν	1	Within the extended metaphor, the people are addressing Jesus, who was not from their town, but who taught them as he traveled through. So the people would consider the streets to be theirs but not his, and our would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2405	13:27	l890		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ; ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he will reply that he does not know where you are from, and he will tell you to go away because you are evildoers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2406	13:27	l891		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	ἐρεῖ λέγων ὑμῖν	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “he will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2407	13:27	l892		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & πάντες	1	Since the owner of the house is speaking to the people outside, you would be plural in these instances. The implied “you” in the command to get away would also be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2408	13:27	l893		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ οἶδα πόθεν ἐστέ	1	This is a shorter version of what the house owner says at first. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the implicit meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2409	13:27	n39n			ἀπόστητε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Go away from here”
2410	13:27	l894			ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	Alternate translation: “evildoers”
2411	13:28	uhh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2412	13:28	l895		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ	1	These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in 3:34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2413	13:28	crf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2414	13:28	ep1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2415	13:29	wcg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2416	13:29	sbv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2417	13:29	l896		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	If you decide to translate this term literally, see how you did that in 5:29. Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2418	13:29	l897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2419	13:30	l898		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses this expression to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2420	13:30	lk75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν ἔσχατοι οἳ ἔσονται πρῶτοι	1	Being last figuratively represents being insignificant or unimportant, and being first figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “people who are insignificant now will become very important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2421	13:30	l899		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective last as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are unimportant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2422	13:30	l900		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσὶν πρῶτοι οἳ ἔσονται ἔσχατοι	1	Being first figuratively represents being significant or important, and being last figuratively represents being insignificant or unimportant. Alternate translation: “people who are very important now will become insignificant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2423	13:30	l901		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πρῶτοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the word ones to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this term with an equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2424	13:31	pe5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2425	13:31	l902		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke also uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate the phrase in a way that shows how this next event follows the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus finished speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2426	13:31	l903		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσῆλθάν τινες Φαρισαῖοι λέγοντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees who were there came and told him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2427	13:31	r41z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν	1	These two expressions mean the same thing. The Pharisees are using repetition to emphasize how urgent they believe it is for Jesus to flee for his life. Alternate translation: “You need to get away from here right now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2428	13:31	l7fe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἡρῴδης θέλει σε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Herod would not kill Jesus personally. Rather, he would order people to do it. Alternate translation: “Herod plans to send his soldiers to kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2429	13:32	l904		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πορευθέντες εἴπατε τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ, ἰδοὺ, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Go and tell that fox that I will certainly continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2430	13:32	l905		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	A fox is a small wild dog. If your readers would not be familiar with what a fox is, you could use the name of a similar animal in your region, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “that little dog” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2431	13:32	af7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is referring to Herod figuratively as a fox. This could mean one of two things. (1) Since foxes need to rely on cunning to catch their prey, Jesus could be saying that Herod is devious. Alternate translation: “that devious person” (2) Since a fox is a small animal, Jesus could be saying that Herod was not much of a threat. Alternate translation: “that insignificant person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2432	13:32	l906		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2433	13:32	l907		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	The expression today and tomorrow is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2434	13:32	l908		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, driving out demons and performing healings, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2435	13:32	l909		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2436	13:32	l910		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	In this culture, the third day meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2437	13:32	l911		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. This expression could mean one of several things. (1) Jesus could mean that he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) This expression can also refer to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus could be referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) The expression can also describe someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means hear, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2438	13:33	p9za			πλὴν δεῖ με & πορεύεσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
2439	13:33	l912		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2440	13:33	nbk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2441	13:34	cac7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jesus is figuratively addressing something he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” or, if you decide to use the second person (see later note), “I am very upset with you, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2442	13:34	l913		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “who kills the prophets God sends her by stoning them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2443	13:34	l914		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2444	13:34	gb6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2445	13:34	l915		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2446	13:34	zhg8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2447	13:34	rj48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ποσάκις ἠθέλησα	1	This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2448	13:34	q1i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου	1	Jesus is figuratively describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2449	13:34	l916		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is figuratively addressing the city, so your would be singular. The term you would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, you were not willing, and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2450	13:34	kb9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2451	13:34	l917		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	The term brood refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2452	13:34	l918		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2453	13:35	l919		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term Behold to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2454	13:35	l920		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
2455	13:35	w1v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a house in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2456	13:35	l921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2457	13:35	l922		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2458	13:35	l923		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so your and you would be plural. The term you would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2459	13:35	l924			λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you can be certain that”
2460	13:35	x4y6			οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
2461	13:35	l925			ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	The expression it comes means “the time comes.” You could say that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say”
2462	13:35	l926		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2463	13:35	v6lj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	God’s name figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2464	14:intro	xk3w				0	Luke 14 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1–24) Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25–35) Important figures of speech in this chapter Parable Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
2465	14:1	dj2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2466	14:1	a3ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2467	14:1	l89x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	The word he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2468	14:1	lh8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	Luke refers figuratively to bread, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2469	14:1	jst8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as 14:3 indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2470	14:2	l927		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2471	14:2	f5gh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2472	14:2	l4a1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2473	14:2	l929		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2474	14:2	l930		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2475	14:3	l931		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	The term answering indicates that Jesus spoke in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2476	14:3	l932		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοὺς νομικοὺς	1	See how you translated this in 7:30. In this context, the term lawyers refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2477	14:3	qak4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ?	1	Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2478	14:4	pj9t			οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν	1	Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
2479	14:4	l933		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the religious leaders made no objection to healing on the Sabbath, as a result, Jesus healed the man. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2480	14:4	x4lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιλαβόμενος	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took hold of the man who was suffering from edema and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2481	14:5	l934		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2482	14:5	rr5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς εἰς φρέαρ πεσεῖται, καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	Jesus does not expect these religious leaders to tell him whether they would do this. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. He wants these religious leaders to recognize that on the Sabbath day, they themselves would do something to address a situation of suffering and need. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “If one of you had a son who fell into a well on the Sabbath, surely you would pull him out immediately. You would even do the same thing for your ox.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2483	14:6	cti5			οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “There was nothing they could say in response”
2484	14:7	l935		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν & παραβολήν & ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2485	14:7	u86b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν & παραβολήν	1	In this instance, Luke is not using the term parable to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Rather, Luke means that Jesus gave the guests at this meal an illustration, in the form of a hypothetical situation, to get them to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2486	14:7	em4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisees had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2487	14:7	yd4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	The term first figuratively represents being important and honored. If you culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2488	14:8	l936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2489	14:8	pd7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2490	14:8	l937		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατακλιθῇς	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2491	14:8	l938		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν	1	See how you translated this in 14:7. Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2492	14:8	l939		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μήποτε ἐντιμότερός	1	Jesus is using the comparative adjective more honorable as a noun. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2493	14:8	m5b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so you and your are singular in 14:8–10. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2494	14:8	t1r5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2495	14:9	l940		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας	1	In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2496	14:9	ecp7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν	1	Jesus uses the term begin idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2497	14:9	gqa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	The term last figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If you culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2498	14:9	l941		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2499	14:10	x5qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2500	14:10	l942		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	See how you translated this in 14:8. Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2501	14:10	by81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	See how you translated this in 14:9. Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2502	14:10	l943		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε	1	In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2503	14:10	ck9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον	1	The host speaks figuratively of the more important places at the feast being higher than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2504	14:10	h5ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔσται σοι δόξα	1	This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2505	14:10	l944		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2506	14:11	i5e7			ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “who tries to look important” or “who takes an important position”
2507	14:11	zrs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2508	14:11	dk2c			ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “who chooses to look unimportant” or “who takes an unimportant position”
2509	14:11	eki7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2510	14:12	p9hc			τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
2511	14:12	v4uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὅταν ποιῇς	1	Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word you is singular here, and you and your are singular in all of 14:12–14, because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2512	14:12	gmh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	μὴ φώνει	1	Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2513	14:12	l945		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου & τοὺς συγγενεῖς σου	1	The term brothers probably refers figuratively to close family members, while the term relatives likely indicates more distant members of an extended family. Alternate translation: “your close family members … other relatives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2514	14:12	l946		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	If brothers is a figurative term, then Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your close family members” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2515	14:12	l947			μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σε	1	Alternate translation: “because they might feel an obligation to invite you to a banquet of their own”
2516	14:12	l948			γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
2517	14:13	uc5f			κάλει	1	It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in 14:12, Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
2518	14:13	abcf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns, to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2519	14:14	vpt9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2520	14:14	r6cp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2521	14:14	z4tv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται & σοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2522	14:14	rd75			ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
2523	14:15	cm12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2524	14:15	h4wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2525	14:15	l949		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	See how you translated the expression “recline to eat” in 14:8. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2526	14:15	a8pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This man is using the word bread to refer an entire meal. Alternate translation: “anyone who is invited to the feast in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2527	14:15	gu4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅστις φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This man is using the image of a feast to depict the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “who will rejoice with others in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2528	14:15	l950		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 13:28. Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2529	14:16	m4y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα	1	To help this guest understand better what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “In response, Jesus told this guest a story to help him understand. ‘There was a man who prepared a large banquet’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2530	14:16	m7bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2531	14:16	yrp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς	1	The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “had his servants prepare a large banquet and go and invite many guests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2532	14:17	us3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου	1	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2533	14:17	xkp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “those he had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2534	14:17	l951		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2535	14:18	eh3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2536	14:18	l952		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case. (1) “All from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “All from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “All from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2537	14:18	s9as			παραιτεῖσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
2538	14:18	l3r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	While him refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2539	14:18	l953		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2540	14:18	l954		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2541	14:18	l955		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2542	14:18	l956		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2543	14:19	d9p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2544	14:19	l957		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2545	14:19	cd9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν & πέντε	1	In this culture, oxen were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2546	14:19	l958		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2547	14:19	l959		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2548	14:20	lf9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	See how you translated this in 14:18. Alternate translation: “Another guest told the to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2549	14:20	l960		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2550	14:20	gy6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	γυναῖκα ἔγημα	1	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
2551	14:20	l961			οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	This is not the same polite formula that the previous two people used. This man feels he has solid grounds to decline the invitation, and he says so directly. Reflect this difference in the way your language naturally would. Alternate translation: “I will not be coming”
2552	14:21	v7v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀργισθεὶς	1	The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2553	14:21	s88p			εἰσάγαγε ὧδε	1	Alternate translation: “invite to come here and eat the dinner I have prepared”
2554	14:21	l962		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns, to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2555	14:22	y4rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2556	14:22	l963		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room at the banquet for more people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2557	14:22	dgt3			γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
2558	14:23	l964		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2559	14:23	n9x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	The word hedges describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. Here, the term could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be referring to actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) Since the term is paired with roads, it could figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2560	14:23	w5w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2561	14:24	v5m6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	While the word you is singular in 14:21–23, since the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word you is plural. It is not clear why. (1) One possibility is that it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, you could translate all of this as a statement by the master, using the plural form of you if your language marks that distinction. (2) Another possibility is that Jesus is using the expression I say to you to get everyone who is listening to the parable to pay attention to the master’s final words. In that case, you could show that Jesus is interrupting the master’s statement to address his listeners. Alternate translation: “‘For’—now listen carefully—‘none of those men who were invited will taste my supper’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2562	14:24	l965		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. You could accommodate either possibility discussed in the previous note. (1) Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (2) Alternate translation, continuing the sentence from the previous verse: “because—now listen carefully—he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2563	14:24	liz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων	1	Here, the word for men means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2564	14:24	n867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2565	14:24	hl7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	The master may be using the word taste figuratively to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2566	14:24	l984		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2567	14:24	l966			μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
2568	14:25	l967		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2569	14:25	gv94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	συνεπορεύοντο & αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Jesus is no longer at the dinner at the home of the Pharisee. He has resumed his journey to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could introduce this new situation more fully. Alternate translation: “Jesus then continued on his way to Jerusalem, and large crowds were traveling with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2570	14:26	l968		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρός με,	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2571	14:26	l969		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἴ τις & οὐ μισεῖ & οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only someone … who loves me more than … is able to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2572	14:26	l985		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2573	14:26	rmt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐ μισεῖ	1	Jesus is using the word hate figuratively as an exaggeration to say that his disciples are not to love other people and themselves more than they love Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not love me more than” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2574	14:27	pm44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὅστις οὐ βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Whoever who wants to be my disciple must carry his cross and follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2575	14:27	l970		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus assumes that the crowds will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus assumes that the crowds will also know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. Alternate translation: “carry the wooden cross on which he will be executed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2576	14:27	jn5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βαστάζει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus uses the phrase carry his cross, referring to this practice of execution figuratively, to say that his disciples must be people who have given up their lives to God and who are willing to suffer. Alternate translation: “surrender his life to God and be willing to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2577	14:27	l971		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρχεται ὀπίσω μου	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “follow my example” or “obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2578	14:28	q3cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. Alternate translation: “If one of you wanted to build a tower, he would certainly sit down first and determine whether he had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2579	14:28	l972		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας, ψηφίζει τὴν δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν?	1	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you wanted to build a tower. Then you would certainly sit down first and determine whether you had enough money to complete it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2580	14:28	eyx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πύργον	1	This may mean a watchtower. In one of his parables, recorded in Matthew 21:33, Jesus uses this same word to describe a watchtower that a man built for a vineyard he was planting. Alternate translation: “a high lookout platform” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2581	14:28	l973		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “to see whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2582	14:29	qj4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μήποτε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2583	14:29	axc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον	1	See how you translated the word foundation in 6:48. Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2584	14:29	ym3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι	1	The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2585	14:29	l974		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες	1	This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2586	14:30	l975		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Since Jesus addresses his question in 14:28 to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “this person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2587	14:30	l976		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2588	14:31	vp3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται, εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι τῷ μετὰ εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτόν?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Certainly a king who had 10,000 troops would sit down first and determine whether there was a way for him to defeat a king who was invading with 20,000 troops before going to battle against him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2589	14:31	l977		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν εἰς πόλεμον, οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον βουλεύσεται	1	Jesus is offering the crowds an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Or suppose one king were going to fight a war against another king. Then he would certainly sit down first and determine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2590	14:31	tl37			βουλεύσεται	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “think carefully about” or (2) “consult to his advisors to decide”
2591	14:32	dpc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he realizes that he will not be able to defeat the other king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2592	14:32	l978			ἔτι αὐτοῦ πόρρω ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας	1	Alternate translation: “while the other king is still far away, the first king sends a delegation and”
2593	14:32	p5h6			τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	Alternate translation: “for terms to end the war” or “what the other king wants him to do so that he will not attack”
2594	14:33	is32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2595	14:33	f2he			ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “is not willing to give up everything he owns”
2596	14:34	tz7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας	1	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2597	14:34	l979		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2598	14:34	l980		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2599	14:34	cz52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2600	14:35	bp1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	εἰς κοπρίαν	1	See how you translated this term in 13:8. Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2601	14:35	n5a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό	1	They does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2602	14:35	u9h3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize that what he has just said is important and that it may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase ears to hear figuratively represents the willingness to understand and obey, by association with the part of the body by which his listeners have been taking in his teaching. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2603	14:35	c5fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2604	14:35	l981		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If you choose to translate this in the second person, you would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2605	15:intro	p1ba				0	Luke 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells parables about a lost sheep, a lost coin, and a lost son (15:1–32) Special concepts in this chapter The parable of the prodigal son The story that Jesus tells in Luke 15:11-32 is known as The Parable of the Prodigal Son, although he does not give the story that title himself. Most interpreters understand the father in the story to represent God (the Father), the sinful younger son to represent those who repent and come to faith in Jesus, and the self-righteous older son to represent the Pharisees. In the story, the older son becomes angry at the father for forgiving the younger son’s sins. He will not even go in to the party that the father is giving to welcome the younger son home. Jesus knew that the Pharisees wanted God to think that only they were good and not forgive other people’s sins. Jesus was teaching them that they would never become part of God’s kingdom if they continued to think that way. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) Sinners When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins such as stealing or sexual sins. But Jesus told three parables (15:4-7, 15:8-10, and 15:11-32) to teach that the people who acknowledge that they are sinners and who repent are the people who truly please God. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2606	15:1	yj6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2607	15:1	l982		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. These people were part of the crowd that Luke described generally in 14:25. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2608	15:1	ss52		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἦσαν & αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	The word all is an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many of the people who were coming to listen to Jesus were tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2609	15:2	l986		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2610	15:2	l987		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	διεγόγγυζον οἵ τε Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. While these may not be exactly the same individuals whom Jesus encountered in places such as 5:17–30, the members of this group in general function as the same character throughout the story. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees and scribes were there, and they were grumbling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2611	15:2	dd9b			οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται	1	Alternate translation: “This man lets sinners into his presence” or “This man associates with sinners”
2612	15:2	ec2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This expression implicitly means Jesus. Alternate translation: “This man” or “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2613	15:3	l988		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2614	15:3	ill7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus told this story to the Pharisees and scribes to help them understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2615	15:4	pxm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If one of you had 100 sheep and lost one of them, he would certainly leave the other 99 sheep in the wilderness and go looking for the sheep that had wandered off until he found it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2616	15:4	l989		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἐξ αὐτῶν ἓν, οὐ καταλείπει	1	Jesus is offering the Pharisees and scribes an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had 100 sheep and you lost one of them. Then you would certainly leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2617	15:4	m048		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα & ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό	1	Since Jesus begins the parable by asking, “Which man among you,” some languages would continue the parable in the second person. Alternate translation: “Which one of you, if you had 100 sheep … until you found it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2618	15:4	l990		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	There are two possibilities here. (1) While all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term man here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) Since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term man here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2619	15:4	l991		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	Here, Jesus is using the participle lost, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term one to show that. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2620	15:5	l992		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2621	15:5	xwa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2622	15:6	g3f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας	1	If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2623	15:6	l993		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2624	15:7	l994			λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
2625	15:7	k1l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “just as the shepherd and his friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2626	15:7	k8k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται	1	Jesus is using the word heaven figuratively to mean the inhabitants of heaven. Alternate translation: “everyone in heaven will rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2627	15:7	abcg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2628	15:8	ly5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2629	15:8	qr36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον	1	Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2630	15:8	l995		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	A drachma was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
2631	15:8	l996		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν	1	Jesus speaks of the whole house to refer figuratively to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2632	15:9	l997		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2633	15:10	wrs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2634	15:10	l998			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully”
2635	15:10	m8zl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of someone. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God’s angels” or “among the angels of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2636	15:11	ib6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δέ	1	To help the Pharisees and scribes understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the Pharisees and scribes this story to help them understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2637	15:11	c2t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who had two sons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2638	15:12	l999		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τῷ πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told his father that he wanted the share of the estate that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2639	15:12	y6uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	δός μοι	1	The son wanted his father to give him his inheritance immediately. If your language has a command form that indicates that the speaker wants something done immediately, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2640	15:12	m000		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the part of your wealth that you intend to leave to me when you die” or “the share of the estate that I would inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2641	15:12	m001		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	2	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2642	15:12	r2q7			διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον	1	Alternate translation: “he divided his wealth between his two sons”
2643	15:13	m002		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας	1	This is a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “only a few days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2644	15:13	lu69			συναγαγὼν πάντα	1	Alternate translation: “packed all of his things”
2645	15:13	ew56			ἀσώτως	1	Alternate translation: “without thinking about the consequences of his actions”
2646	15:14	z99l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help his listeners understand what happens next in the parable. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2647	15:14	kpb8			ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην	1	Alternate translation: “something happened so that the entire country did not have enough food”
2648	15:14	y8mf			ὑστερεῖσθαι	1	Alternate translation: “to lack what he needed” or “not to have enough to live on”
2649	15:15	cdn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2650	15:15	y3bf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐκολλήθη	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “began to work for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2651	15:15	k19m			ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης	1	Alternate translation: “someone who lived in that country”
2652	15:15	rxt4			βόσκειν χοίρους	1	Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
2653	15:16	m8zd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2654	15:16	pd3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κερατίων	1	These are the husks of beans that grow on the carob tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2655	15:16	m003			καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
2656	15:17	x4jc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν & ἐλθὼν	1	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2657	15:17	m004		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔφη, πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told himself that all of his father’s hired servants had more than enough food to eat, but he was perishing from hunger where he was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2658	15:17	xw1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύονται ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ὧδε ἀπόλλυμαι	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “All of my father’s hired servants have more than enough food to eat, but I am perishing from hunger here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2659	15:17	m005		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἄρτων	1	The young man is using one kind of food, bread, figuratively to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2660	15:17	tal2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	λιμῷ & ἀπόλλυμαι	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be a figurative overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have so little to eat” (2) The young man may literally have been starving. Alternate translation: “I am about to die of starvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2661	15:18	m006		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἀναστὰς, πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “He decided that he would leave that place and go to his father and tell him that he had sinned against God and directly against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2662	15:18	m007		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “leave this place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2663	15:18	m4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2664	15:18	m008		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2665	15:19	m009		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped he would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2666	15:19	aug2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2667	15:19	m010		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2668	15:19	up55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2669	15:20	m43r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2670	15:20	m011		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2671	15:20	za3c			ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος	1	This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
2672	15:20	a7ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2673	15:20	z7p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2674	15:20	m012		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2675	15:21	m013		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be his son any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2676	15:21	xz93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2677	15:21	m014		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned against heaven, by committing many sins, and before his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2678	15:21	qxg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2679	15:21	m015		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in 1:32, 1:76, and 2:23. Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2680	15:22	m016		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2681	15:22	m017		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε & ἐνδύσατε & δότε	1	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied you in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2682	15:22	nlx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην & δακτύλιον & ὑποδήματα	1	By having his servants put these things on his son, the father was showing that he was welcoming his son back as a member of the family in good standing. These were all signs of status, authority, and privilege. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2683	15:22	b3hv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στολὴν τὴν πρώτην	1	As in 14:7, here the word first figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best robe we have” or “the festive garment we save for special occasions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2684	15:22	m018		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ	1	The father figuratively says hand to mean one part of the hand, a finger. Alternate translation: “put a ring on his finger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2685	15:22	xat6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποδήματα	1	At this time, people who could afford them wore sandals. Poorer people went barefoot. The modern equivalent in many cultures would be shoes. Alternate translation: “shoes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2686	15:23	m019		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ φέρετε τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his servants to bring the calf they had been fattening and butcher it so that they could have a celebration feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2687	15:23	m020		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	φέρετε & θύσατε	1	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied you in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2688	15:23	ll8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	A calf is a young cow. People would give one of their calves special food so that it would grow well, and then, when they wanted to have a special feast, they would butcher and eat that calf. If your readers would not know what a calf or a cow is, or if a description of eating a cow would be offensive to them, you could use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “the young animal we have been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2689	15:23	t3cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θύσατε	1	In this context, the term kill means to slaughter an animal and prepare its meat to be eaten. The implication is that the servants were also to cook the meat for the feast that the father wanted to have. Alternate translation: “butcher and cook” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2690	15:23	m021		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	The phrase eat and celebrate expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word eat indicates how the father wants to celebrate his son’s homecoming. Alternate translation: “celebrate by having a feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2691	15:23	m022		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	The word us includes the addresses, since the father means the whole household, including the servants he is speaking to. So use the inclusive form of us in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other langauges might say “all of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2692	15:24	m023		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2693	15:24	ubz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν	1	The father says figuratively that when his son was in the faraway country, it was as if the he was dead. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2694	15:24	izx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	The father says figuratively that when his son was in faraway country, it was as if he was lost and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2695	15:24	m024		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2696	15:24	m025		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι	1	And introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. Alternate translation: “Then they began to celebrate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2697	15:25	jd7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2698	15:25	bk6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦν & ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2699	15:25	m026		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐρχόμενος	1	Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2700	15:25	m027		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν	1	The older son could not literally hear dancing, so Jesus is using the term heard figuratively in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2701	15:26	m028		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2702	15:26	m029		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν παίδων	1	Here, the word that is translated as servant ordinarily means “boy.” Here it may indicate that the servant was young. Alternate translation: “a young servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2703	15:26	z51r			τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
2704	15:27	m030		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2705	15:27	m031		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2706	15:27	m032		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	The implication, as the father says explicitly in 15:23, was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2707	15:27	r8py		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	See how you translated this in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2708	15:27	m033			ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
2709	15:28	m034		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν	1	Here, Jesus uses the term and to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2710	15:29	m035		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, ἰδοὺ, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he responded to his father that even though he had been slaving for him for so many years and had never disobeyed one of his commands, his father had never given him a young goat so that he could celebrate with his friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2711	15:29	m036		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that the older son said what follows in response to his father’s pleadings. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2712	15:29	m037		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	The older son uses this term to get his father to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2713	15:29	f8w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δουλεύω σοι	1	To emphasize how hard he believes he has worked for his father, the older son figuratively describes himself as a slave. You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “I have been working like a slave for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2714	15:29	m038		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I have always done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2715	15:29	d2t6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον	1	To emphasize how carefully he believes he has obeyed his father, the older son makes a figurative generalization and says never. Alternate translation: “I have not disobeyed your commands” or “I have done what you told me to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2716	15:29	ph4q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔριφον	1	A young goat was smaller and much less expensive than a fatted calf. The son’s implication is that his father has not done even a small thing to show appreciation for him. You could express that more explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “even a young goat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2717	15:30	m039		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος, ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “but that when this son of his came home, who had wasted his money on prostitutes, he killed the fattened calf for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2718	15:30	y27h			ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος	1	The older son refers to his brother as this son of yours because he does not want to be associated with him. He does not want to call him “my brother.” Alternate translation: “that other son of yours”
2719	15:30	vip3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον	1	The older son figuratively describes his brother as having eaten up the wealth his father gave him, to the point where there is nothing left. Alternate translation: “who squandered your wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2720	15:30	e6ig		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μετὰ πορνῶν	1	In order to depict how the younger son wasted his father’s money on reckless living, the older son speaks figuratively of one thing he assumes the younger son spent money on. Alternate translation: “living recklessly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2721	15:30	m040		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2722	15:30	m041		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly the implicit purpose for this action. Alternate translation: “you told the servants to butcher and cook the fattened calf so you could hold a celebration for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2723	15:30	vf31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν σιτευτὸν μόσχον	1	See how you translated this in 15:23. Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2724	15:31	b5s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But his father called him his dear son and acknowledged his loyal service and reminded him that now he was heir to the entire remaining estate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2725	15:31	m042			τέκνον	1	The father is using this word as a term of affection. Alternate translation: “My dear son”
2726	15:31	m043			σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ	1	Alternate translation: “I appreciate the way you have stayed here and helped me”
2727	15:32	m044		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει & ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But he insisted that it was right to have a celebration for his brother, since it was as if he had died and come back to life, and as if he had been lost and had been found” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2728	15:32	m045		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι & καὶ χαρῆναι	1	The phrase celebrate and rejoice expresses a single idea emphatically by using two similar words connected with and. Alternate translation: “celebrate joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2729	15:32	c35s			ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος	1	The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his brother. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
2730	15:32	due5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν	1	See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2731	15:32	v55y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	See how you translated this figurative expression in 15:24. Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2732	15:32	m046		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2733	16:intro	qz3g				0	Luke 16 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1–15) Jesus gives further teachings (16:16–18) Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19–31)
2734	16:1	m047		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2735	16:1	p54g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἔλεγεν & καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although his disciplesmay have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2736	16:1	r6ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2737	16:1	k6jv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2738	16:1	blp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2739	16:1	lpc3			διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
2740	16:2	m049		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2741	16:2	abci		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	φωνήσας αὐτὸν	1	The word he refers to the rich man, and the word him refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2742	16:2	m050		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν αὐτῷ, τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ? ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου; οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told him that he had been hearing bad things about him and that he needed to turn over his financial records, since he would not be the manager any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2743	16:2	p7y7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ σοῦ?	1	The rich man is not looking for information. He is using the question form to scold the manager. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I have heard what you are doing!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2744	16:2	q433			ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου	1	Alternate translation: “Turn over your financial records” or “Set your records in order to pass on to someone else”
2745	16:2	m051			οὐ γὰρ δύνῃ ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “you cannot be my financial manager any longer”
2746	16:3	m052		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & ἐν ἑαυτῷ & τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ κύριός μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ? σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω; ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do, since his master was taking the management job away from him. He realized that he was not strong enough to dig ditches, and that he would be ashamed to beg for money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2747	16:3	kng1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ κύριός μου	1	The expression my master refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2748	16:3	t3kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω	1	The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work figuratively to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2749	16:4	m053		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2750	16:4	xxe2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2751	16:4	m054		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	By they, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2752	16:4	m4za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	The expression welcome me into their houses likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks figuratively of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2753	16:5	rze8			τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were in debt to his master” or “the people who owed things to his master”
2754	16:5	m055		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῷ πρώτῳ	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the first of the debtors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2755	16:5	m056		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ κυρίῳ μου?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked the first of the debtors how much he owed his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2756	16:6	xp6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This first debtor told the manager that he owed 100 baths of olive oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2757	16:6	u8nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν βάτους	1	The word baths is the plural of “bath,” an ancient measurement equal to about 30 liters or about 8 gallons. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “3,000 liters” or “800 gallons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2758	16:6	m057		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντήκοντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the manager told him to take his bill and sit down and quickly change that to 50 baths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2759	16:6	m058		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	A bill is a piece of paper that tells how much someone owes. Your language may have a specific term for this. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2760	16:6	m059		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	πεντήκοντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “1,500 liters” or “400 gallons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2761	16:7	sy3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, σὺ δὲ πόσον ὀφείλεις?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the manager asked another debtor how much he owed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2762	16:7	pq2u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ἑκατὸν κόρους	1	The word cors is the plural of “cor,” an ancient measurement equal to about one fifth of a metric ton or about ten bushels. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation. You could also use a general term, as UST does. Alternate translation: “20 tons” (metric tons) or “1,000 bushels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2763	16:7	m060		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. λέγει αὐτῷ, δέξαι σου τὰ γράμματα καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The manager told him to take his bill and change that to 80 cors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2764	16:7	m061			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To convey vividness and immediacy, the parable uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to him”
2765	16:7	m062		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σου τὰ γράμματα	1	See how you translated this in 16:6. Alternate translation: “your statement” or “your note” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2766	16:7	tn17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	ὀγδοήκοντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent modern measurement in your translation. Alternate translation: “16 tons” or “800 bushels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2767	16:8	nfz3			φρονίμως ἐποίησεν	1	Alternate translation: “he had looked out for himself” or “he had planned for the future”
2768	16:8	a1yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The expression sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the values and outlook of the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2769	16:8	m063		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world and, by association, the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2770	16:8	lvx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	The expression sons of is once again an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something, in this case the influence of God. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2771	16:8	m064		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς	1	The term light is a metaphor for the presence and influence of God in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of God” or “godly people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2772	16:8	m065		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the sons of this age as if they had all been born in the same generation. Alternate translation: “in relation to their own kind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2773	16:9	agp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω	1	Jesus uses the phrase I say to you to mark the end of the story and to introduce a teaching about how his disciples can apply the story to their lives. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And you should do something similar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
2774	16:9	jkn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	Since Jesus says that these friends are able to welcome a person into “eternal dwellings,” the implication is that the term refers to God. Alternate translation: “use the money you have in this world to make friends with God” or “use the money you have in this world in ways that please God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2775	16:9	q2jb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας	1	Here, the term unrighteous is an echo of the previous verse, in which Jesus described the manager by the same term. It likely refers to the various shrewd means by which the people of this world make money. Jesus is applying it by association to money itself. Alternate translation: “the money you have in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2776	16:9	m066			ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ	1	Alternate translation: “when it is gone” or “when it no longer has any value”
2777	16:9	u394			δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς	1	The term they refers back to friends, and so it also means “God.” Alternate translation: “God will welcome you into heaven”
2778	16:10	we3j			ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is not very faithful. Alternate translation: “Someone who is trustworthy even in very small matters”
2779	16:10	r8hz			ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος	1	Be sure that this does not sound as if it is describing a person who is only infrequently unrighteous. Alternate translation: “someone who is not trustworthy even in very small matters”
2780	16:11	tm3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ ἀδίκῳ μαμωνᾷ	1	See how you translated this in 16:9. Alternate translation: “with the money that you have in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2781	16:11	cv6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will trust you with genuine wealth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2782	16:11	x2hr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀληθινὸν	1	Jesus is using the adjective true as a noun to mean wealth that is more genuine, real, or lasting than money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “genuine wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2783	16:12	uy96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ ὑμέτερον τίς ὑμῖν δώσει?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “no one will give you property of your own.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2784	16:13	w2sf			οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject positive and the verb negative in this expression. Alternate translation: “A servant cannot”
2785	16:13	msb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν	1	The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of two different masters at the same time with equal loyalty. Alternate translation: “serve two different masters equally well at the same time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2786	16:13	u1lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει; ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Jesus is basically saying the same thing in two different ways. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these statements. Alternate translation: “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2787	16:13	ba2m			ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται	1	Alternate translation: “love the first master very strongly”
2788	16:13	dd9z			τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει	1	Alternate translation: “hold the second master in contempt” or “hate the second master”
2789	16:13	pw7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	οὐ δύνασθε & δουλεύειν	1	Even though Jesus has been describing the situation of an individual servant, as he draws this application, he is addressing his disciples as a group, so you is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2790	16:14	taq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2791	16:14	m067		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Here, Luke reintroduces the Pharisees as participants in the story, but they have been present all along. Jesus told them the three parables in 15:3–32, and they have since been listening to what Jesus has been teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2792	16:14	lbq9			φιλάργυροι ὑπάρχοντες	1	Alternate translation: “who loved having money” or “who were very greedy for money”
2793	16:15	zcqs			ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “people who try to make yourselves look good”
2794	16:15	m068		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where people can see,” and it refers figuratively to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from the perspective of others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2795	16:15	m069		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2796	16:15	lx4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	Here, the heart figuratively represents a person’s motivations and desires. Alternate translation: “God understands your true desires” or “God knows your real motives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2797	16:15	q82t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν	1	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe things that are valued or honored as if they were high up. Alternate translation: “what people value” or “what people respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2798	16:15	m070		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2799	16:15	m071		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	βδέλυγμα	1	The term abomination comes from the regulations for religious life in the Jewish law. It refers to something that provokes feelings of horror and revulsion and must be avoided. Alternate translation: “is detestable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2800	16:15	m072		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Jesus is using this expression to mean “where God can see,” and it refers figuratively to perception and judgment. Alternate translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2801	16:16	m566		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2802	16:16	a2ra			μέχρι	1	Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
2803	16:16	b78c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2804	16:16	mrl3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2805	16:16	m073		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2806	16:16	m074		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται	1	Jesus says figuratively that people have been forcing their way into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2807	16:16	lyw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς	1	The term everyone is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2808	16:17	stl8			εὐκοπώτερον δέ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν πεσεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this contrast in the reverse order. Alternate translation: “Even the smallest detail of the law will remain valid for longer than the whole creation exists”
2809	16:17	m075		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν	1	Jesus is figuratively describing all of creation by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2810	16:17	m076			παρελθεῖν	1	Alternate translation: “to go out of existence”
2811	16:17	ke7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἢ τοῦ νόμου μίαν κερέαν	1	A stroke is the smallest part of a letter. Jesus is referring figuratively to the teachings of the law by association with the way they have been recorded in written letters. Alternate translation: “than for any of the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2812	16:17	t33k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πεσεῖν	1	Jesus uses the term fall figuratively to mean to be of no further use, such as a building would be if it collapsed. Alternate translation: “to become invalid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2813	16:18	m077		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is implicitly giving an example of something in the law that is still valid. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the Pharisees allowed divorce, and he is teaching that they should not do that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example, you Pharisees allow divorce. But that is not what God wants. Anyone who divorces his wife” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2814	16:18	j8fn			πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
2815	16:18	i544			μοιχεύει	1	Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
2816	16:18	sq24			ὁ & γαμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
2817	16:18	m078		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2818	16:19	kd1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	δέ	1	Jesus uses this term to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
2819	16:19	r67p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος & τις ἦν πλούσιος	1	This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2820	16:19	fu76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον	1	Jesus is figuratively using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. Alternate translation: “who wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2821	16:19	m079		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πορφύραν	1	Jesus uses the term purple figuratively to mean clothing colored with purple dye, which was very expensive. Alternate translation: “clothing colored with purple dye” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2822	16:19	sz7t			εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς	1	Alternate translation: “and who enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
2823	16:20	mmw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος	1	This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2824	16:20	m080		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Λάζαρος	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2825	16:20	m081		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2826	16:20	ax4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2827	16:20	ex57			εἱλκωμένος	1	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
2828	16:21	i2fn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2829	16:21	vnk5			ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι	1	Jesus uses the word even to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
2830	16:21	xby9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ κύνες	1	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2831	16:22	y7pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2832	16:22	hrm6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2833	16:22	r2k1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ	1	The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2834	16:22	hn6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2835	16:23	m082		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ	1	Hades was the Greek name for the abode of the dead. You could use that name in your translation, or you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he went to Hades, where” or “he went to hell, where” or “he went to the place of the dead, where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2836	16:23	tl8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2837	16:23	vca4			ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις	1	Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
2838	16:23	m083			ὁρᾷ	1	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he saw”
2839	16:23	qpd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τοῖς κόλποις αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated this expression in 16:22. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2840	16:24	m084		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον, ἵνα βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου; ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he shouted over to Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, and asked him to have mercy on him and send Lazarus to dip the tip of his finger in water and cool his tongue, because he was in a flame that was making him suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2841	16:24	dpp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν	1	Together the terms crying out and said mean that the rich man spoke what follows as a loud cry. Alternate translation: “the rich man shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2842	16:24	m95a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ	1	The rich man is using the term Father, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Abraham was the ancestor of all the Jews. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2843	16:24	b2rc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have pity on me” or “please help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2844	16:24	ly9k			καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον	1	Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
2845	16:24	rc6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2846	16:24	rc6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	The rich man is figuratively describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his tongue feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2847	16:24	qix8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2848	16:25	m085		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, and so Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2849	16:25	m086		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Abraham is using the term child figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2850	16:25	we9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	Abraham is using the adjective good as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2851	16:25	rv17			ὁμοίως	1	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
2852	16:25	hwc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	Abraham is using the adjective bad as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2853	16:25	g4js		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2854	16:25	cn8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σὺ & ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2855	16:26	m087		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2856	16:26	af4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2857	16:26	m088		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς	1	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so us is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2858	16:26	m089		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῶν & ὑμᾶς	1	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so you is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2859	16:26	tu5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2860	16:26	sg6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to here will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2861	16:27	abcj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus his family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2862	16:27	m090		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Πάτερ	1	The rich man is using the term Father, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2863	16:27	m091		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	The rich man is using the word house figuratively to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2864	16:28	y1xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2865	16:28	x8xk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2866	16:29	m092			λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ	1	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
2867	16:29	m093		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2868	16:29	v8eh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2869	16:29	x8pt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2870	16:29	m094		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2871	16:29	l3in		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	Here, he term listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2872	16:29	m095		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them because they already have all the warning they need in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2873	16:30	m096		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2874	16:30	m097		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχί	1	The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2875	16:30	d84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2876	16:30	m098		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀπὸ νεκρῶν	1	The rich man is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2877	16:31	abcl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that if his brothers would not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, then they would not change their ways even if someone who had died came back to life and warned them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2878	16:31	n9s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	Abraham is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Abraham is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since they will not obey the teaching of Moses and the prophets, a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2879	16:31	m099		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	The term listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in 16:29. Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2880	16:31	xkr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2881	16:31	m100		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2882	16:31	m101		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2883	16:31	gf1b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Abraham is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2884	17:intro	c4am				0	Luke 17 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1–10) Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11–19) Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20–37) Special concepts in this chapter Old Testament Examples Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here. Important figures of speech in this chapter Rhetorical Questions Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7–9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox AA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33). Important textual issues in this chapter “In his day” At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. “There will be two in the field” Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2885	17:1	ej1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” or “Things that tempt people to sin will certainly happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2886	17:1	m102		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	The term traps refers to a device that a person or animal would unknowingly activate and that would then confine them in a net, cage, or pit. Your language may have a term for a similar device, and you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2887	17:1	m103		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ σκάνδαλα	1	Jesus is using the word traps figuratively. Alternate translation: “things that tempt people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2888	17:1	zck5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐαὶ δι’ οὗ ἔρχεται!	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “how terrible it will be for anyone who causes these temptations to come” or “how terrible it will be for any person who tempts others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2889	17:2	dvz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ	1	Jesus is drawing a comparison to the punishment for causing people to sin. He means that this person’s punishment for causing people to sin will be worse than if he had drowned in the sea. No one would actually put a stone around his neck and throw him into the sea as an alternative to that punishment, and Jesus is not saying that anyone will do so. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2890	17:2	uk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθος μυλικὸς περίκειται περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. Alternate translation: “if someone were to tie a millstone around his neck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2891	17:2	gr89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίθος μυλικὸς	1	A millstone is a very large, heavy, circular stone that is used for grinding grain into flour. If your readers would not be familiar with a millstone, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2892	17:2	k9xl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίσῃ	1	See how you translated this in 17:1. Jesus is using the word trap figuratively. Alternate translation: “he should tempt to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2893	17:2	xm7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν μικρῶν τούτων	1	This could mean one of several things. (1) It could refer to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “these children who believe in me” (2) It could refer figuratively to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “these new believers” (3) It could refer figuratively to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “these common people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2894	17:3	m104		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς	1	Since Jesus is teaching about how important it is not to sin and not to encourage others to sin, the implication is that this statement means that he wants his disciples to help one another not to sin. Alternate translation: “Help one another not to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2895	17:3	m105		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	προσέχετε	1	The implied “you” in this imperative is plural, since Jesus is speaking to his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2896	17:3	m106		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου & ἐπιτίμησον & ἄφες	1	The word your and the implied “you” in the imperatives rebuke and forgive are singular, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2897	17:3	hyn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believer were to sin. Then you should rebuke him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2898	17:3	kkp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Jesus is using the term brother figuratively to mean someone who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2899	17:3	m107		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Although the term brother is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2900	17:3	p35i			ἐπιτίμησον αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “correct him” or “tell him strongly that what he did was wrong”
2901	17:3	m108		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	καὶ ἐὰν μετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing another hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose that believer were to repent. Then you should forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2902	17:4	x8a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ἐὰν ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμαρτήσῃ εἰς σὲ, καὶ ἑπτάκις ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation in order to tell his disciples what they should do if it takes place. Alternate translation: “Suppose a fellow believers were to sin against you seven times in the same day. And suppose each time he came to you and said, ‘I am sorry.’ Then you would have to forgive him each time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2903	17:4	k5va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας & καὶ ἑπτάκις	1	The number seven in the Bible figuratively represents a large or sufficient quantity. Alternate translation: “many times in the same day, and each time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2904	17:4	m109			τῆς ἡμέρας	1	Alternate translation: “in the same day”
2905	17:4	m110		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σὲ & σὲ & ἀφήσεις	1	The word you is singular in this verse, since Jesus is addressing an individual situation, even though he is speaking to a group. If these singular forms would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
2906	17:4	m111		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς σὲ, λέγων μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “comes to you and says that he is sorry, you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2907	17:4	m112		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἀφήσεις αὐτῷ	1	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “you must forgive him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2908	17:5	s4dy			οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	This means the 12 disciples whom Jesus appointed as his authoritative representatives in 6:13. See how you translated the term there.
2909	17:5	m114			τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	Here, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
2910	17:5	pji3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give us more faith” or “Please help us to trust God better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2911	17:6	m115			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
2912	17:6	m116		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. He is asserting that if the condition is true, then the result will necessarily follow. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that if you had faith like a mustard seed, you could say to this mulberry tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
2913	17:6	m117		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔχετε & ἐλέγετε & ὑμῖν	1	Even though Jesus is describing something that an individual might do, you is plural in this verse because he is speaking to his 12 apostles in response to their request. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2914	17:6	ep7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	εἰ ἔχετε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως	1	A mustard seed is a very small seed. Jesus is using this seed figuratively in a simile to mean a very small amount. Alternate translation: “If you had even a tiny amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2915	17:6	m118		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κόκκον σινάπεως	1	If your readers would not be familiar with a mustard seed, you could use the name of another small seed they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2916	17:6	i31l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συκαμίνῳ	1	Jesus likely uses a mulberry tree as an example because it has an extensive root system that makes it very difficult to uproot. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use the name of another type of tree with extensive roots that they would be familiar with, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “firmly rooted tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2917	17:6	m119		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐλέγετε ἂν τῇ συκαμίνῳ ταύτῃ, ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you could tell this mulberry tree to pull its roots out of the ground and put them down in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2918	17:6	ky7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκριζώθητι καὶ φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs. Alternate translation: “Uproot yourself and plant yourself in the sea” or “Take your roots out of the ground and put them down into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2919	17:6	g53n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑπήκουσεν ἂν ὑμῖν	1	Here, the term listen to is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “the tree would obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2920	17:7	dk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But none of you who had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep would say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2921	17:7	m120		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων, ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε?	1	Jesus is using an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose one of you had a servant who was out plowing or tending sheep. You would not say to him when he came in from the field, ‘Come immediately and recline to eat.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
2922	17:7	m121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, εὐθέως παρελθὼν ἀνάπεσε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “would tell him as soon as he came in from the field to sit right down and have his own supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2923	17:7	va34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δοῦλον & ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα	1	It may be helpful to say explicitly that the land and sheep hypothetically belong to the person who is being asked to consider what he would do in this situation. Alternate translation: “a servant who had been out plowing your land or taking care of your sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2924	17:7	m122		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. Alternate translation: “sit down to eat” or “sit down and have your supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2925	17:8	iw9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	Jesus uses a second question as a further teaching tool, to emphasize how a person actually would treat a servant. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would certainly say to him, ‘Prepare something for me to eat, and then wrap your robe around your hips so you can serve me while I eat and drink, and after that you can eat and drink yourself’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2926	17:8	m123		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμασον τί δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ πίω; καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly tell the servant to prepare something for him to eat, and then to wrap his robe around his hips so he could serve him while he ate and drank, and that only after doing that the servant could eat and drink himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2927	17:8	kr7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι	1	See how you translated this in 12:35. Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2928	17:8	ds77			καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
2929	17:8	m124		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ	1	The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
2930	17:9	qs51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2931	17:9	m125		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2932	17:9	jn5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2933	17:9	m126			μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
2934	17:9	m127		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2935	17:9	a1fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2936	17:10	m128		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
2937	17:10	ub27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2938	17:10	m129		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2939	17:10	m130		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2940	17:10	dga7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν	1	This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2941	17:10	m132			ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	Alternate translation: “We have only done our duty”
2942	17:11	g442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2943	17:11	f5rk			ἐν τῷ πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	Alternate translation: “as Jesus continued his journey to Jerusalem”
2944	17:11	m133		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας	1	Luke provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand what happens in this episode, in which Jesus engages a group of men that includes both Jews and at least one Samaritan. Alternate translation: “Jesus was traveling along the border between Samaria and Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2945	17:12	d9mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀπήντησαν δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “ten men who were lepers came out to meet him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
2946	17:12	i1sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν	1	The lepers were not reluctant to engage Jesus. Rather, this was a respectful gesture, since they were not allowed to approach other people. Luke assumes that his readers will know that, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They stood at a distance, as they were required to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2947	17:13	l1j4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2948	17:13	m134			φωνὴν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one voice, you can use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
2949	17:13	fsn5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
2950	17:13	m135		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2951	17:14	mrx8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν	1	People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2952	17:14	m137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2953	17:14	jpk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2954	17:14	m138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	Luke uses the term cleansed for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2955	17:15	tdt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2956	17:15	x5ja			ὑπέστρεψεν	1	Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
2957	17:15	pe1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2958	17:16	ca9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2959	17:16	m139		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης	1	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2960	17:17	m140		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2961	17:17	hfa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2962	17:17	m141		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2963	17:17	cvb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2964	17:17	w8y3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ?	1	Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2965	17:18	m142		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2966	17:18	rxh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος?	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one but this foreigner came back to give glory to God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2967	17:18	m143		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	The word they refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2968	17:18	m144			οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
2969	17:18	m145		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	The term found is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2970	17:18	x64q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2971	17:19	n2ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2972	17:19	m196		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	While the word saved can mean “healed,” as in 7:3 and 8:48, that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2973	17:19	m146		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the leper’s faith as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2974	17:20	lvu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2975	17:20	m147		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
2976	17:20	m148		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς & ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2977	17:20	m149		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2978	17:20	m150		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answered and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
2979	17:20	yc3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως	1	Jesus uses the word observation figuratively to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2980	17:20	m151		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is not going to begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2981	17:21	m152		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will not say that they see it near them in one place or over in another place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2982	17:21	m153		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὧδε, ἤ, ἐκεῖ	1	These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. In this case, it would be appropriate to translate the term with a popular expression in your language that has this meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Hey, here it is!’ or ‘There it is!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2983	17:21	m154		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	Jesus is using the term behold to get the Pharisees to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Because—listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2984	17:21	xj7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of what people believe and decide within themselves. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is inside of you” (2) Since the word you is plural here, Jesus could be saying that the kingdom is not coming with observable signs because it is a matter of something that happens within communities of people. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God is in your midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2985	17:21	xpi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God is ruling inside of you” or “God is ruling in your midst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2986	17:22	x3y2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ὅτε	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “There will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2987	17:22	v2i3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπιθυμήσετε & ἰδεῖν	1	Jesus is using the term see figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “you will want very much to experience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2988	17:22	ly8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using his title the Son of Man figuratively to refer to the time when he will rule as king. Alternate translation: “one of the days when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2989	17:22	m155		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using one of these days to refer figuratively to the whole time that it belongs to. Alternate translation: “the time when the Son of Man will rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2990	17:22	z11c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2991	17:22	m156		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2992	17:22	x7sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ οὐκ ὄψεσθε	1	Jesus is using the term see figuratively to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “but you will not experience it yet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2993	17:23	dp8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	The implication in context is that Jesus is speaking of the Son of Man or Messiah. Alternate translation: “People will say to you, ‘Look, the Messiah is over there!’ or, ‘Look, the Messiah is over here!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2994	17:23	m157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “People will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
2995	17:23	m158		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ	1	These people would be using the term behold to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2996	17:23	m159		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	The expressions go out and run after mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2997	17:23	kjy2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	The implication is that people would go to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2998	17:24	m160			ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
2999	17:24	i5rz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “for as the lightning appears suddenly and visibly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3000	17:24	m161		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3001	17:24	m162		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The implication is that so will the Son of Man be refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3002	17:24	m163		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3003	17:24	m164		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3004	17:25	csa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν & παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3005	17:25	dp8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3006	17:25	m165		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	Jesus is using the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3007	17:26	d2ne			καθὼς ἐγένετο & οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
3008	17:26	v1sr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3009	17:26	m166		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Νῶε	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3010	17:26	ktl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Son of Man is about to return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3011	17:26	m167		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3012	17:26	m168		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3013	17:27	eu24		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο	1	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer figuratively to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3014	17:27	uh5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγαμίζοντο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3015	17:27	m169		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3016	17:27	hb8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν κιβωτόν	1	The term the ark refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3017	17:27	qt8b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	This does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3018	17:28	m170		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	Jesus is drawing another analogy like the one in 17:27, but in this case he does not specify the object of the comparison right away. He does not do so explicitly until 17:30. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information here. Alternate translation: “people were doing certain things at the time when Lot lived, and people will be doing the same things at the time when I am about to return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3019	17:28	m171		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Lot was living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3020	17:28	m172		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Λώτ	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3021	17:28	m173		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδόμουν	1	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer figuratively to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “they were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3022	17:28	u93v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἤσθιον	1	The implication from 17:29 is that the word they refers to the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom were eating” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3023	17:29	m174		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ	1	While Lot did leave Sodom on a specific day, Jesus is likely using the word day figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “but at the moment when” or “but as soon as” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3024	17:29	m175		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σοδόμων	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3025	17:29	gp77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔβρεξεν πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	In some languages, rained can mean “fell in large quantities.” If the verb for water falling from the sky does not have that extended meaning in your language, you can translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “fire and burning sulfur fell from the sky like rain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3026	17:29	skp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	This does not include Lot and his family. Alternate translation: “all those who stayed in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3027	17:30	m176			κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
3028	17:30	w3uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3029	17:30	m177		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3030	17:30	v9ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3031	17:30	pfe1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3032	17:30	m178		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3033	17:31	m179		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3034	17:31	i9eq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3035	17:31	ep81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3036	17:31	jj9c			τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
3037	17:31	m180		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3038	17:31	m181		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3039	17:31	suh5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3040	17:32	fz8m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s wife looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3041	17:32	m182		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Λώτ	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 17:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3042	17:33	d9fl			ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
3043	17:33	kvw6			ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “but whoever gives up his old way of living will save his life”
3044	17:34	p84l			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
3045	17:34	j3b6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3046	17:34	at99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	If your readers would not be familiar with what a bed is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “on one mat” or “side by side” or “in the same place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3047	17:34	e9hj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean one of two things. (1) The person who is taken may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is left may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) In the parallel to this passage in the gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is taken may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is left may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3048	17:34	m183		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται	1	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3049	17:35	il9v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3050	17:35	m184			δύο	1	The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In 17:34 and 17:36, grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women, they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
3051	17:35	t4zn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλήθουσαι	1	The term grinding refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3052	17:35	m185		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3053	17:35	m186		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται	1	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3054	17:36	m187		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3055	17:36	m188		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3056	17:36	m189		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in 17:34. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3057	17:36	m190		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰς παραληφθήσεται	1	If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3058	17:37	m191			ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
3059	17:37	m192		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Together the two words answering and say mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3060	17:37	wmg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3061	17:37	fen1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
3062	17:37	m193		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	In this proverb, the body and the vultures are figurative. If you would like present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3063	17:37	m6ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοὶ	1	The word vultures describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with vultures, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3064	17:37	m194		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3065	18:intro	v92v				0	Luke 18 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1–8) Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9–14) Jesus blesses little children (18:15–17) Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18–30) Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31–34) Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35–43) Special concepts in this chapter Judges People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]]) Pharisees and tax collectors The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of righteous good people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous sinners. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “that he had become sad” At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote. UST represents the phrase in its text. “we have left everything” In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the possibility “our own possessions” in a footnote. UST, expanding on the meaning of “everything,” accommodates both possibilities by saying “everything we had.” In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT, or you may wish to offer a reading like the one in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3066	18:1	r26t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ	1	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3067	18:2	l2qr			λέγων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
3068	18:2	ph5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce one of the main characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a judge who lived in a certain city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3069	18:2	d77j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος	1	Jesus provides this background information about the judge to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3070	18:2	m195		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3071	18:3	ie2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3072	18:3	jhk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	χήρα	1	A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3073	18:3	xfg3			ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here, the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
3074	18:3	m131		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3075	18:3	kj2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3076	18:3	xc7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	This term refers specifically to the opposing party in a lawsuit. It is not clear whether the widow is suing the man to protect her interests, or the man is suing the widow to try to take things from her unfairly. If your language has a specific term for a legal adversary, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3077	18:4	m197			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “later on” or “eventually”
3078	18:4	m198		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he decided that even though he did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3079	18:4	m199		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ καὶ τὸν Θεὸν οὐ φοβοῦμαι οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον ἐντρέπομαι	1	The judge speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the judge is saying is not actually the case, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Even though I do not make my decisions based on what God wants or on what other people think” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
3080	18:4	bh3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	The judge is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3081	18:5	m200		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	διά γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι κόπον τὴν χήραν ταύτην, ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation (continuing the sentence from the previous verse): “because this widow bothered him, he would give a fair ruling in her case, so that she would not wear him out by coming incessantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3082	18:5	v9uu			παρέχειν μοι κόπον	1	Alternate translation: “bothers me”
3083	18:5	cf4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπωπιάζῃ με	1	The judge speaks figuratively of the wearying effect of the widow’s constant pleas as if they were physically pummeling him. Alternate translation: “wear me out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3084	18:5	ub29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη	1	The expression to the end is an idiom that means “perpetually” or “forever.” Alternate translation: “by coming to me incessantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3085	18:6	m201			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
3086	18:6	t9mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει	1	Here, the term listen to is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3087	18:7	t1sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3088	18:7	e2lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and God, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3089	18:7	m202		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός	1	Jesus is using the phrase day and night figuratively to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3090	18:7	ljb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	Here, Jesus may be using the word and in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3091	18:8	m203			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3092	18:8	m204		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει	1	The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3093	18:8	zi1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς?	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3094	18:8	m205		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλὴν	1	The reference of this word is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3095	18:8	inw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3096	18:8	m206		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3097	18:8	m207		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν πίστιν	1	When Jesus asks whether he will find faith on the earth, he may be referring implicitly to the kind of persevering trust in God that would lead a person to continue praying even when the answer was delayed. (UST offers another possible interpretation of this word.) Alternate translation: “this kind of persevering faith” or “this kind of persevering trust in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3098	18:9	n2b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ πρός τινας & τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	Jesus now tells a brief story to correct some wrong attitudes that he realized certain people had. The story is designed teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told this story to correct certain people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3099	18:9	pmp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	πρός τινας	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some new characters, but he does not say specifically who these people were. (The story that Jesus tells suggests that they may have been Pharisees.) Alternate translation: “to some people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3100	18:9	b6zy			τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς, ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι	1	Alternate translation: “who had convinced themselves that they were righteous” or “who considered themselves to be righteous”
3101	18:9	rs6q			καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς	1	Alternate translation: “who thought they were superior to other people”
3102	18:10	m208		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωποι δύο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the characters in this parable. Alternate translation: “Once there were two men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3103	18:10	m209		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσεύξασθαι	1	When Jesus says that these men went up, he likely means that they traveled to Jerusalem. That was the customary way of speaking about going there, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “who went to pray in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3104	18:10	qp39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Since only priests could enter the temple building, this means the temple courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3105	18:10	m210		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ εἷς Φαρισαῖος καὶ ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης	1	Jesus provides this background information to help his listeners understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now one of these men was a Pharisee, and the other man was a tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3106	18:11	mi9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσηύχετο, ὁ Θεός, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “prayed about himself and thanked God that he was not like other people, who were robbers, unrighteous, and adulterers, or even like the tax collector who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3107	18:11	m211		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	εὐχαριστῶ σοι	1	Here, the word you is singular because the Pharisee is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of you that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form here. Alternatively, it might be effective to show this man addressing God using a familiar form, as if he could presume on God’s friendship and approval. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
3108	18:11	m212		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	The Pharisee is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3109	18:11	lud3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1	The word robbers describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3110	18:11	m213		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	The Pharisee is using the adjective unrighteous as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3111	18:11	z78w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	The Pharisees believed that any tax collector would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3112	18:12	m214		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3113	18:12	ru63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	To tithe means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3114	18:13	c37t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς	1	This was a sign of humility. The tax collector did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3115	18:13	qtt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	The phrase lift his eyes means to look at something. Alternate translation: “He did not even want to look up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3116	18:13	m215		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 9:16. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3117	18:13	c7x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀλλ’ ἔτυπτε τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ	1	This was a physical expression of great sorrow, and it showed this man’s repentance and humility. Alternate translation: “Instead, he hit his chest to demonstrate his shame and sorrow over his sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3118	18:13	m216		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He admitted that he was a sinner and asked God to have mercy on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3119	18:13	mx5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ὁ Θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι, τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “God, please be merciful to me, I confess that I am a sinner” or “God, please forgive me, even though I have committed many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3120	18:14	m217			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
3121	18:14	m218			οὗτος & παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
3122	18:14	m219		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive form justified. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3123	18:14	s1yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the tax collector was right with God because God forgave his sin when he prayed humbly and repentantly. Alternate translation: “the tax collector was right with God when he went home, because God forgave his sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3124	18:14	m220		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κατέβη & εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	When Jesus says that this man went down to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3125	18:14	qrg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3126	18:14	n7xr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3127	18:14	uuc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3128	18:14	m221		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3129	18:15	m260		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3130	18:15	abcm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	προσέφερον & αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	Here, the word they refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3131	18:15	m222		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	If Jesus would touch the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3132	18:15	kxd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3133	18:16	y3qg			ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ	1	Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him”
3134	18:16	j8x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3135	18:16	u7sq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	It becomes clear in 18:17 that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3136	18:16	m223		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “people who are like children will let God rule their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3137	18:17	p5lq			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3138	18:17	m224		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “let God rule over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3139	18:17	ar8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the basis of this comparison. Alternate translation: “with trust and humility like a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3140	18:17	m225			οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “will not let God rule over him at all”
3141	18:18	a5qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Then a Jewish leader came up to Jesus and asked him a question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3142	18:18	d6kf			τί ποιήσας	1	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do” or “what does God require of me”
3143	18:18	xrs8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	The ruler is using the term inherit figuratively to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3144	18:19	fxi2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be good. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a good human being, and he wants to know how he can be good enough himself to earn God’s approval. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3145	18:20	m226		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3146	18:20	m227		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, if you do not wish to have a quotation within a quotation in your translation, you could represent these commandments as an indirect quotation. That is what ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3147	18:20	m261		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word your is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of your. The implied you in the imperative verbs would also be singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
3148	18:21	m5qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun youth with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3149	18:22	e8il			ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the ruler say that, he responded”
3150	18:22	t2cw			ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει	1	Alternate translation: “You still need to do one more thing” or “There is one thing that you have not yet done”
3151	18:22	d3ar			πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, πώλησον	1	Alternate translation: “Sell all your possessions” or “Sell everything that you own”
3152	18:22	c4s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1	Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “give away the money to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3153	18:22	hy6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι	1	As in 5:27, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “come with me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3154	18:23	m228			ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “But when the ruler heard what Jesus said”
3155	18:24	m229		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Many manuscripts have two additional Greek words here, so that this says, “Then Jesus, seeing him having become sad.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to represent those words in your translation. Alternate translation (if you choose to represent them): “Then Jesus, noticing how sad the ruler had become” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3156	18:24	qcm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	This is an exclamation, not a question. Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3157	18:24	m230		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσπορεύονται	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “It is so very difficult for those who are rich to allow God to rule their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3158	18:25	hdz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερον γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος βελόνης εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ	1	It is impossible for a camel to fit through the eye of a needle Jesus is using an exaggeration to express how difficult it is for a rich person to enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “it is extremely difficult for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3159	18:25	m231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κάμηλον	1	A camel is a large animal that was used in this culture to transport people and goods. If your readers would not know what a camel is, you could use the name of a similar animal that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a huge beast of burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3160	18:25	j7x3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	The eye of a needle is the hole in a sewing needle through which the thread is passed. If your language has an expression of its own that describes this hole, you can use it in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the tiny hole for thread in a needle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3161	18:25	m232		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	See how you translated this phrase in 18:24. Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3162	18:26	ycm3			οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
3163	18:26	vu3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3164	18:26	m233		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3165	18:27	ms9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	Jesus is using the adjectives impossible and impossible as nouns, to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3166	18:28	m235		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Peter uses the term Behold to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3167	18:28	znu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν & ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive we, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3168	18:28	yk9b			πάντα	1	This is not hyperbole. Peter and the others did leave behind everything they had in order to become Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “all our possessions”
3169	18:28	m236		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	πάντα	1	Some manuscripts say “our own possessions” here instead of “everything.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide which reading to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3170	18:28	m262		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι	1	As in 18:22, to follow Jesus means to be one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “in order to become your disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3171	18:29	vz2w			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3172	18:29	sk6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν	1	A double negative statement begins in this verse and concludes in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the entire double negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation, beginning here: “anyone who has left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3173	18:29	m237		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἵνεκεν τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in order to allow God to rule over his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3174	18:30	s6rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ὃς οὐχὶ μὴ ἀπολάβῃ	1	This is the conclusion of the double negative statement that began in the previous verse with “there is no one who has left.” If you started to translate it there as a positive statement, you can finish that translation here. Alternate translation: “will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3175	18:30	m238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ & ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	Jesus is using the word time in the same figurative sense as the word age in 16:8, to mean the long period of time defined by the duration of the created world, and by association the world itself. Here, Jesus is using the word age similarly to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. Alternate translation: “in this present world … in the world to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3176	18:30	d3xa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3177	18:31	pwk9			παραλαβὼν & τοὺς δώδεκα	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
3178	18:31	m239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3179	18:31	m240		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3180	18:31	g4yx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3181	18:31	m241		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	When Jesus says that they are going up to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3182	18:31	pg4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3183	18:31	ss78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3184	18:31	zj2x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3185	18:31	m242		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3186	18:31	i5ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τελεσθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3187	18:32	h2a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3188	18:32	es98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	παραδοθήσεται	1	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3189	18:32	m243		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3190	18:32	hc2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3191	18:32	m244		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3192	18:33	u86r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	If you decided in 18:31 to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3193	18:33	fie4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	See how you translated this in 9:22. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the third day. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3194	18:33	m245		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Jesus uses the word And to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “But on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3195	18:33	m246		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3196	18:33	m247		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of coming back to life as rising up, since it involves coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3197	18:34	bm7h			αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
3198	18:34	b29z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	Implicitly, these things refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3199	18:34	fn58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3200	18:34	m248			τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο	1	Here, Luke uses the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
3201	18:34	qx2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3202	18:35	w3sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3203	18:35	m249		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	Jericho is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “as Jesus approached the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3204	18:35	dyf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τυφλός τις	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3205	18:36	t35v			τί εἴη τοῦτο	1	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
3206	18:37	ckr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπήγγειλαν & αὐτῷ	1	Here, the word they is indefinite. It does not refer to particular individuals. Alternate translation: “people in the crowd told the blind man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3207	18:37	ku9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος	1	The people call Jesus the Nazarene because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3208	18:38	u9ct		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3209	18:38	yaj2			ἐβόησεν	1	Alternate translation: “called out” or “shouted”
3210	18:38	m250		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	The blind man is using the word Son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3211	18:38	ehf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	David was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title Son of David implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3212	18:38	m251		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3213	18:38	u69g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3214	18:38	m252		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3215	18:39	m253			οἱ προάγοντες	1	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
3216	18:39	z7r6			ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
3217	18:39	zug7			πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “he shouted even louder” or (2) “he called out even more persistently”
3218	18:39	m254		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	See how you decided to translate this phrase in 18:38. Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3219	18:40	m255		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3220	18:41	al8g			ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
3221	18:42	n67h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀνάβλεψον	1	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3222	18:42	m256		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun faith with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3223	18:42	gcv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the man’s faith as if it had actively healed him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3224	18:42	m257			ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Here, Jesus seems to be using the word saved in one of its particular senses, to mean “healed.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed”
3225	18:43	m258			ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	Here, the word followed does not necessarily have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Alternate translation: “he walked down the road with the rest of the crowd that was around Jesus”
3226	18:43	d1kk			δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “giving glory to God” or “praising God”
3227	19:intro	zn2b				0	Luke 19 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus helps a man named Zacchaeus repent of his sins (19:1–10) Jesus tells a parable about a man who entrusted money to his servants (19:11–27) Jesus rides into Jerusalem on a colt (19:28–48) Special concepts in this chapter “Sinner” The Pharisees refer to a group of people as “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Servants God expects his people to remember that everything in the world belongs to God. God gives his people things so they can serve him. He wants them to please him by doing what he wants them to do with everything he has given them. One day Jesus will ask his servants what they have done with everything he gave them to use. He will give a reward to those who have done what he wanted them to do, and he will punish those who have not. The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Spreading garments and branches When kings would enter the cities they ruled, people would cut branches from trees and take off the outer garments that they wore to stay warm in cold weather and spread them all on the road so the king would ride over them. They did this to honor the king and show that they loved him. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/honor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) The merchants in the temple Jesus forced the people who were selling animals in the temple to leave. He did this to show everyone that he had authority over the temple and that only those who were righteous, who did what God said was good, could be in it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
3228	19:1	j35m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3229	19:1	m259		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰερειχώ	1	This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in 18:35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3230	19:2	m263		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3231	19:2	y5i5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3232	19:2	m264		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “whose name was Zacchaeus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3233	19:2	m265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ζακχαῖος	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3234	19:2	z91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος	1	Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3235	19:3	m3ux			ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν	1	Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
3236	19:3	njt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3237	19:3	m266		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3238	19:4	k984		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3239	19:4	pzr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	συκομορέαν	1	This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3240	19:5	mr51			ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
3241	19:6	zrw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3242	19:7	mit4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες διεγόγγυζον	1	Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd complained” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3243	19:7	k2cl			παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus is going to stay in the house of an obvious sinner”
3244	19:7	yl4h			ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ	1	By using two terms together, rather than simply saying “sinner,” the crowd is emphasizing that Zacchaeus has openly done many wrong things. Alternate translation: “an obvious sinner”
3245	19:8	m267		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	σταθεὶς	1	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around the table. So by standing up, Zacchaeus was signifying that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up from the meal to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3246	19:8	s46z			τὸν Κύριον	1	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title the Lord. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
3247	19:8	m268		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Zacchaeus uses this term to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3248	19:8	m269			Κύριε	1	Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
3249	19:8	m270		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
3250	19:8	u2bt			ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
3251	19:9	m271		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3252	19:9	m272		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν	1	Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but in the third person, because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3253	19:9	m273		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of salvation as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3254	19:9	u2bx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun salvation with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3255	19:9	i8yg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Jesus is using the word house figuratively to refer to the people living in the house. Alternate translation: “this household” or “this family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3256	19:9	f65b			καὶ αὐτὸς	1	Alternate translation: “this man too” or “Zacchaeus also”
3257	19:9	m274		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	Jesus may be using the word son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of Abraham” or “one of our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3258	19:9	v3hq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ	1	Alternatively, Jesus could be using the expression son of as an idiom to mean someone who shares the qualities of someone else. Alternate translation: “a person who has faith as Abraham did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3259	19:10	myp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3260	19:10	m275		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3261	19:10	fqx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	Jesus is using the participle lost, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are lost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3262	19:10	m276		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	If you decided to use the second person in the previous verse, you could use it here as well. Alternate translation: “lost people like you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3263	19:10	m277		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	Jesus is using the term lost figuratively. Alternate translation: “people who have wandered away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3264	19:11	m278		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3265	19:11	vue7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	To help the people in the crowd have the correct expectations about the kingdom of God, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3266	19:11	m279		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3267	19:11	qs7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3268	19:12	m9j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3269	19:12	mtz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3270	19:12	m280			καὶ ὑποστρέψαι	1	Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
3271	19:13	m387		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καλέσας δὲ	1	It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3272	19:13	xx6p			ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
3273	19:13	t82q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3274	19:13	m281		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3275	19:13	vwp2			πραγματεύσασθαι	1	Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
3276	19:13	m282			ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
3277	19:14	i998		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οἱ & πολῖται αὐτοῦ	1	This means “the people of his country.” It suggests that all the people hated him, and that may be a generalization. In your translation, you may wish to say “many people of his country,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3278	19:14	j9v1			πρεσβείαν	1	Alternate translation: “a group of people to represent them”
3279	19:14	m283		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	The implication is that the citizens gave the delegation this message for the emperor who was going to appoint the nobleman as king. Alternate translation: “to tell the emperor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3280	19:14	m284		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3281	19:15	g3jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3282	19:15	s9a7			λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν	1	Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
3283	19:15	s2x2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3284	19:15	m285		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3285	19:15	xc6s			τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
3286	19:16	iy7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο & ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3287	19:16	m286		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3288	19:16	mf96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3289	19:16	ejx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3290	19:16	j7ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated this term in 19:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3291	19:17	abcq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3292	19:17	m287		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So the king said to the first servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3293	19:17	n5at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε!	1	Your language may have a phrase that an employer would use to show approval. If so, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Good job!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3294	19:17	t6zk			ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ	1	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: (1) “in a small responsibility” or (2) “with a little bit of money”
3295	19:17	m288		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων	1	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3296	19:18	zsr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3297	19:18	m289		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3298	19:18	ic7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3299	19:18	irh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ μνᾶ σου & ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς	1	The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3300	19:18	d811		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated this term in 19:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3301	19:19	abcr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3302	19:19	jxa9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3303	19:19	m290		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων	1	In a spatial metaphor, the new king describes this servant as over these cities to mean that he will rule them. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3304	19:20	n71e			ὁ ἕτερος	1	Alternate translation: “another servant to whom the nobleman had entrusted a mina”
3305	19:20	m291		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3306	19:20	m292			ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου	1	This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term behold. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
3307	19:20	r25f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	See how you translated this term in 19:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3308	19:20	l2wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3309	19:21	m293		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3310	19:21	w5yw			ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς	1	Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
3311	19:21	a6ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας	1	The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3312	19:21	mi5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would harvest a crop that someone else had planted. Alternate translation: “you benefit from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3313	19:22	q2k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει αὐτῷ, ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου κρίνω σε, πονηρὲ δοῦλε; ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that he was a wicked servant and that he would judge him by what he had just said. The king said to suppose that he really was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3314	19:22	m294			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	To call attention to a development in the story, this parable uses the present tense here in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “The king said to this servant”
3315	19:22	wt8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ στόματός σου	1	The king is using the term mouth figuratively to refer to what the servant said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “Based on what you have just said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3316	19:22	xga8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ᾔδεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα?	1	The king is not asking the servant to verify what he has just said. Rather, he is using the question form to challenge the servant. He is repeating what the servant said about him, but not to grant that it is true. Rather, he is about to tell the servant what he should have done if it actually had been true. Alternate translation: “So you thought I was a harsh man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3317	19:22	m295		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα, καὶ θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρα	1	See how you translated these expressions in 19:21. Alternate translation: “who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3318	19:23	m296		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king told him that in that case, he should have put his money in the bank so that he could have collected it with interest when he returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3319	19:23	spx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν, κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν, σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα?	1	The king is not asking the servant to explain why he did not do this. Rather, he is using the question form to rebuke the servant. Alternate translation: “Even if I was like that, you had no reason not to put my money in the bank so that I could have collect it with interest when I returned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3320	19:23	m297		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	The king uses this word to introduce the results of what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Even if I was like that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3321	19:23	e1yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔδωκάς μου τὸ ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν & σὺν τόκῳ	1	A bank is an institution that accepts deposits of money and uses them to make loans. It pays an interest premium on the deposits and charges an interest premium on the loans. If your culture does not have banks, or if your culture does not allow interest payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3322	19:23	m298		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μου τὸ ἀργύριον	1	The king is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “my money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3323	19:23	c8ca			σὺν τόκῳ ἂν αὐτὸ ἔπραξα	1	Alternate translation: “I could have gotten that amount back plus the interest it would have earned” or “I would have gained a profit from it”
3324	19:24	h1nn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ τοῖς παρεστῶσιν εἶπεν, ἄρατε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ, τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And the king told his attendants to take the mina away from this servant and give it to the one who had the ten minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3325	19:24	aj1c			τοῖς παρεστῶσιν	1	The phrase those standing by refers to the king’s attendants, who would stand nearby him waiting to carry out any instructions that he gave. Alternate translation: “his attendants”
3326	19:24	zh5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	τὴν μνᾶν & τὰς δέκα μνᾶς	1	See how you translated the term mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3327	19:25	m299		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	This word introduces a contrast between what the king wanted and what the attendants thought they should do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3328	19:25	m300		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the attendants objected to the king that that servant already had ten minas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3329	19:25	m7ql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	ἔχει δέκα μνᾶς	1	You could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he already has ten minas!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3330	19:25	m301		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	μνᾶς	1	See how you translated the term mina in 19:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
3331	19:26	xww6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται; ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king responded that to everyone who had, it would be given, but from the one who did not have, even what he had would be taken away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3332	19:26	x6ay		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that the king is speaking. You may wish to indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “But the king replied, ‘I say to you’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3333	19:26	m302			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
3334	19:26	m303		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word you is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3335	19:26	f5hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται	1	The king means implicitly that what a servant has is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3336	19:26	m304		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3337	19:26	ab42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ & τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	The king means implicitly that a servant who does not have is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3338	19:26	d1g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3339	19:27	m305		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3340	19:27	u44z			τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους	1	Since the enemies were not right there, some languages would say “those” instead of these. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
3341	19:27	m306		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3342	19:28	l43i			εἰπὼν ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “after Jesus had said these things”
3343	19:28	ja5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	It was customary for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3344	19:29	y9q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3345	19:29	q1wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3346	19:29	lj69		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3347	19:29	m307		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. This is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3348	19:30	m308		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε & ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε & λύσαντες & ἀγάγετε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, you as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3349	19:30	m309			τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
3350	19:30	qq5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	The term colt refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3351	19:30	m310		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3352	19:30	w1yp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3353	19:30	m311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	Jesus is using the term sat to refer to riding on an animal, by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3354	19:31	px4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3355	19:31	emu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “if anyone asks you why you are untying it, tell them that the Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3356	19:31	m312		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς & διὰ τί λύετε? & ἐρεῖτε	1	Since the word you applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3357	19:31	m313		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative	ἐρεῖτε	1	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
3358	19:31	m314			ὁ Κύριος	1	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
3359	19:32	hdd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3360	19:33	biw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	τί λύετε	1	The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so you would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3361	19:33	m315		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸν πῶλον & τὸν πῶλον	1	See how you translated this term in 19:30. Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3362	19:34	m316		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3363	19:34	m317			ὁ Κύριος	1	The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
3364	19:35	m318		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον	1	The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3365	19:35	scz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	The word cloaks refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3366	19:35	g49k			ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Alternate translation: “helped Jesus get up onto the colt so he could ride it”
3367	19:36	m319		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	The word they refers to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3368	19:36	lxj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	This was a way of showing honor to someone. Alternate translation: “other people began spreading their cloaks on the road in front of Jesus as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3369	19:36	m320		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	See how you translated this term in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3370	19:37	ba9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3371	19:37	t4nk			τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Alternate translation: “where the road goes down from the Mount of Olives”
3372	19:37	m321		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3373	19:37	m322		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν	1	The phrase rejoice and praise expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word rejoice tells how they began to praise. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to praise God joyfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3374	19:37	m323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3375	19:37	m324			φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one voice, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
3376	19:37	m8hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων	1	This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3377	19:38	x7wk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3378	19:38	nsg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	The term name refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3379	19:38	d7b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun Peace with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May heaven be pleased with this king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3380	19:38	m325		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	The word heaven is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of heaven, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be pleased with this king” or “May God be pleased with this king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3381	19:38	vb29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The term highest is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes heaven. Alternate translation: “and glory in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3382	19:38	m326		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The implication is that this glory would be given to God. Alternate translation: “and glory to God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3383	19:38	m327		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “and may everyone in heaven praise God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3384	19:38	m328		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις	1	The implication is that God would be praised for sending this king. Alternate translation: “and may everyone in heaven praise God for sending this king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3385	19:39	m329		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καί	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the crowd was saying and what the Pharisees thought was appropriate. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3386	19:39	m330			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3387	19:39	yv21			ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	Alternate translation: “tell your disciples to stop saying these things”
3388	19:40	m331		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3389	19:40	m332		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3390	19:40	efm9			λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
3391	19:40	b2w6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose these people were not cheering. Then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3392	19:40	m333		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3393	19:40	v8tc			οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
3394	19:41	v3pq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν	1	The phrase the city refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3395	19:41	k4l2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3396	19:42	g1ee		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	εἰ ἔγνως	1	Starting here and through 19:44, Jesus is figuratively addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem. He is doing this to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about the people who live there. Alternate translation: “I wish that you people of Jerusalem knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
3397	19:42	m334		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ ἔγνως	1	Jesus is idiomatically using what sounds like a conditional statement to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that you knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3398	19:42	q8fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἔγνως & καὶ σὺ & σου	1	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in your translation, you can use plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3399	19:42	m335		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	Jesus is using the term day figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3400	19:42	m336		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3401	19:42	tgs6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	The term eyes figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3402	19:42	m337		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3403	19:43	y3g2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he is sad. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This is why I am sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3404	19:43	tib4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will come, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3405	19:43	m338		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3406	19:43	n88i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σὲ & σου & σοι & σε & σε	1	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you can use the plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3407	19:43	e7xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	χάρακά	1	The term barricade refers to a wooden wall with pointed stakes at the top that the enemies would make to keep people from getting out of the city. Your language may have a term for an enclosure like this. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a palisade” or “a fence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3408	19:44	m339		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	To dash something to the ground means to destroy it completely, leaving nothing standing. Alternate translation: “they will completely destroy you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3409	19:44	p7qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε	1	As the first note to 19:42 explains, Jesus is figuratively addressing the city of Jerusalem. If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak to a city that could not hear or understand him, you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “the enemies of Jerusalem will completely destroy that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
3410	19:44	m340		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐδαφιοῦσίν & τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	To dash people to the ground means to kill them. Alternate translation: “they will kill your children within in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3411	19:44	m341		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐδαφιοῦσίν & τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the people who live in Jerusalem as if the city were their mother and they were her children. Here as well you could explain the meaning of what Jesus is saying if someone in your language would not speak directly to a city. Alternate translation: “they will kill the people who live there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3412	19:44	m342		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	σε & σου & σοί & σοί & ἔγνως & σου	1	The words you and your are singular because Jesus is speaking to the city. But if you decided to say “you people” in 19:42, you can use the plural forms of you and your. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3413	19:44	f51h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον	1	This is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies will destroy the city. Alternate translation: “they will destroy the walls and buildings you have built of stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3414	19:44	xv9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου	1	Here, the word visitation is idiomatic, with the same meaning as the word “visit” in 1:68, 1:78, and 7:16. Alternate translation: “you did not recognize that God had sent me to help you, his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3415	19:45	xq47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3416	19:45	u91v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	You may need to say explicitly that Jesus first entered Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Alternate translation: “Jesus entered Jerusalem and went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3417	19:45	j6ce		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3418	19:45	py1x			ἐκβάλλειν	1	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
3419	19:46	m343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple will be a place of prayer, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3420	19:46	v81e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3421	19:46	uvf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his house, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3422	19:46	wac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a house. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3423	19:46	ba8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3424	19:47	m344		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” or “at the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3425	19:47	mn6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3426	19:47	m345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. The term is plural. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3427	19:47	m346		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ	1	The term first figuratively represents being significant or important. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the people” or “many prominent people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3428	19:48	m347		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders were trying to do and what they were able to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3429	19:48	m348			οὐχ εὕρισκον τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they were not able to find a way to kill Jesus”
3430	19:48	m349		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς & ἅπας	1	Luke is using the term all as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so many of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3431	19:48	pnf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξεκρέμετο αὐτοῦ ἀκούων	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the people hanging on Jesus to emphasize how closely they were listening to what he said. Alternate translation: “were paying close attention to him to hear what he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3432	20:intro	h6in				0	Luke 20 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus answers a question about his authority (20:1–8) Jesus tells a parable about a man who rented a vineyard to farmers (20:9–19) Jesus answers a question about paying taxes to Caesar (20:20–26) Jesus answers a question about marriage and the resurrection (20:27–40) Jesus asks a challenging question about the Messiah (20:41–44) Jesus warns about the scribes (20:45–47) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 20:17 and 20:42-43, which is quoted from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter Questions that seem to have no good answer In 20:4, Jesus asks the Pharisees a question that seems to have no good answer. His goal is to show them that they should have recognized John the Baptist as someone who came with God’s authority. So he asks them who gave John the authority to baptize. They could not answer, because any answer they gave would show that they should have respected John 20:5-6. In 20:22, the Pharisees ask Jesus a question that seems to have no good answer. They thought that they would get Jesus in trouble either with the Roman government or the Jewish people when they asked him if people should pay taxes to Caesar. If he said “yes,” then the Jewish people would be angry with him for telling them to pay taxes to a foreign government. If he said “no,” then the religious leaders could tell the Romans that Jesus was teaching the people to break the Roman laws. But Jesus gave them an answer they had not anticipated, and instead everyone respected the wisdom of Jesus even more. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a psalm that records David calling his son “lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Luke 20:41-44, Jesus is trying to lead his hearers to the true understanding that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.”
3433	20:1	h8gv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3434	20:1	vtg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3435	20:1	m350		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἐπέστησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. He mentioned their activity in opposition to Jesus as background information in 19:47–48, but here he brings them back into the main action of the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3436	20:2	m351		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	εἰπὸν ἡμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην	1	The Jewish leaders are using an imperative to ask a question, so you could translate this as a question. It may be helpful to make it two sentences. Alternate translation: “Tell us, by what authority are you doing these things? Or who is the one who gave you this authority?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3437	20:3	qn89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	Together the words answering and said mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question from the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3438	20:3	ku6a			ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον καὶ εἴπατέ μοι	1	Jesus begins his response with a statement, but then he gives a command, you say to me. It might be helpful to make the statement one sentence and the command another sentence, leading into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will also ask you a question. Now you tell me”
3439	20:3	m352			λόγον	1	Here, Jesus is using the term word in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question”
3440	20:4	uph3			τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων?	1	Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. However, this is not a rhetorical question that could be translated as a statement, for example, “Surely you must admit that God, not people, gave John the authority to baptize.” This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer, because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?”
3441	20:4	z7cg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word heaven instead. That seems to be what Jesus is doing here. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3442	20:4	m353		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3443	20:5	mn6x			οἱ & συνελογίσαντο πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “They discussed with each other what they should say”
3444	20:5	m354		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3445	20:5	z599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3446	20:5	m4l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	See how you translated this expression in 20:4. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3447	20:6	m355		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	The Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men.’ Then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3448	20:6	e9ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὁ λαὸς ἅπας καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people, then all the people will stone us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3449	20:6	m356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated this in 20:4. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3450	20:6	m357		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3451	20:6	m358		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς	1	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3452	20:6	nns5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3453	20:6	m359		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος & ἐστιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. If you translated the … people as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3454	20:7	ia28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3455	20:7	w2bc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
3456	20:7	eeg7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from 20:4. Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3457	20:8	d3bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3458	20:9	mf5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	To help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people this story to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3459	20:9	m360		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα	1	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3460	20:9	s8tt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3461	20:9	y37s			γεωργοῖς	1	While farmers is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
3462	20:10	wm51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3463	20:10	m361			γεωργοὺς & γεωργοὶ	1	See how you translated this term in 20:9. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
3464	20:10	kr7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	This could mean one of several things. (1) The word fruit could be intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) The word fruit could be figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3465	20:10	m362		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ & γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3466	20:10	isk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν & κενόν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3467	20:11	r72a			ἀτιμάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
3468	20:11	vxh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν	1	See how you translated this in 20:10. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3469	20:12	m363		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τρίτον	1	Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3470	20:12	lr3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3471	20:12	ub4g			οἱ & καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
3472	20:12	h32a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον	1	Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers threw this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3473	20:13	m364			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
3474	20:13	kt8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν & τί ποιήσω? πέμψω τὸν υἱόν μου τὸν ἀγαπητόν; ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “asked himself what he should do. He decided to send his beloved son, hoping that the farmers would respect him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3475	20:13	m365			ἴσως τοῦτον ἐντραπήσονται	1	In this context, the term that ULT translates as perhaps indicates something that is not certain but should be expected. If your language has a word or phrase that indicates the same thing, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “They ought to respect him”
3476	20:14	ib2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν, οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and he arrived. Alternate translation: “So the owner sent his son. But when he arrived and the farmers saw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3477	20:14	m366			οἱ γεωργοὶ	1	See how you translated this term in 20:9. Alternate translation: “the vine growers” or “the grape farmers”
3478	20:14	rvi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγοντες, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the son was the owner’s heir, and that they should kill him in order to get for themselves the vineyard he would have inherited” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3479	20:14	m367		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ κληρονομία	1	By inheritance, the farmers mean the vineyard, which the son would inherit. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he is going to inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3480	20:15	u7us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The farmers carried out the plan they had decided on. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3481	20:15	m6en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	As in 20:12, Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers threw the son out of the vineyard, as if they heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “the vine growers forced the son out of the vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3482	20:15	dlu4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3483	20:15	m368			ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
3484	20:16	m369			τοὺς γεωργοὺς τούτους	1	See how you translated the term farmers in 20:9. Your language might say “those” instead of these in a context like this. Alternate translation: “those vine growers” or “those grape farmers”
3485	20:16	m370		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 20:9. Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3486	20:16	k18g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	This is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “May nothing like that ever happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
3487	20:17	qtb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν	1	Jesus was looking at the people to hold them accountable for understanding what he was saying. Alternate translation: “But Jesus looked straight at them and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3488	20:17	m371		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “What then does Scripture mean when it says that the stone that the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3489	20:17	rf5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐστιν τὸ γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	Jesus does not expect the people to explain the meaning of the scripture he is quoting. Rather, he is using the question form to get them to consider its implications carefully. Alternate translation: “Think carefully about what this scripture is saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3490	20:17	l6l3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον τοῦτο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this passive verbal form with a noun. Alternate translation: “this scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3491	20:17	a5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	This is a quotation from Psalm 118, and it is a metaphor. It refers to the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3492	20:17	bd2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3493	20:17	bh2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	The phrase the head of the corner is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3494	20:18	d7n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3495	20:18	n3n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3496	20:18	fdu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3497	20:19	vbf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν & ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	The expression to lay hands on means figuratively to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3498	20:19	u4tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Here, Luke uses the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3499	20:19	m372		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	Luke uses the word and to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3500	20:19	u4ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what they might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3501	20:19	m373		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3502	20:20	m374		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3503	20:20	f1en		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these spies as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3504	20:20	m375			ὑποκρινομένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι	1	Alternate translation: “who pretended that they were sincere”
3505	20:20	ml5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	Luke says figuratively that these religious leaders wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to use something he might say against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3506	20:20	m376		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	Luke uses the term word figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “something he might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3507	20:20	r84a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	The terms rule and authority mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3508	20:21	xn1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “The spies came and asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3509	20:21	i3fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	It may be that different spies spoke the various sentences in the quotation in this verse and the next one. However, Luke could also mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of they, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3510	20:21	m377			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3511	20:21	v93z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	The spies are speaking only of themselves, so we would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3512	20:21	fi1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον	1	The spies are using the term face figuratively to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3513	20:21	ubu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The spies speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a way or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3514	20:22	j6wb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3515	20:22	m378			φόρον δοῦναι	1	Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
3516	20:22	h4cc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	The spies are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3517	20:23	z9dm			κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν	1	Alternate translation: “but Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so”
3518	20:24	j21y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	See how you translated this in 7:41. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
3519	20:24	cvs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν?	1	This is not a rhetorical question, since Jesus does want the spies to answer, even though he already knows the answer to the question himself and he is using it as a teaching tool. So it would not be appropriate to translate this as if it were a statement or an exclamation, for example, “Surely you can see whose picture and name are on this coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3520	20:24	wt51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπιγραφήν	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to the name on the coin by association with the fact that it is an inscription, that is, something written on the coin. Alternate translation: “name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3521	20:25	rey9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπόδοτε τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to the Roman government by the name of Caesar, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “pay the Roman government what it is entitled to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3522	20:25	gj71		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Jesus is speaking compactly and he does not repeat the verb give back, but it may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and give God what he is entitled to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3523	20:26	wa3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι τοῦ ῥήματος	1	Luke says figuratively that the spies had wanted to take hold of something Jesus said, as if they could physically grasp his words. Alternate translation: “the spies were not able to use what he said against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3524	20:26	m379		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke speaks of this spatially to refer figuratively to the people’s attention. Alternate translation: “while the people were watching” or “while the people were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3525	20:27	m380		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	Luke uses this statement to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3526	20:27	m381		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθόντες δέ τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	The implication is that these people also wanted to discredit Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because they too wanted to discredit Jesus, some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees then came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3527	20:27	m382		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν Σαδδουκαίων	1	This is the name of a group of Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3528	20:27	f9e3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	οἱ, λέγοντες ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “The Sadducees believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
3529	20:28	m383		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγοντες	1	It may be that different Sadducees spoke the various sentences in the quotation in 20:28-33. However, Luke could also mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group, and you could indicate that, as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3530	20:28	m384			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3531	20:28	m385		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	These Sadducees are figuratively describing Moses giving this instruction in the law by association with the way that he wrote it down. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3532	20:28	m386		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	Here, the word us would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducces mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3533	20:28	d6yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος ᾖ, ἵνα	1	Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who is married but who does not have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3534	20:28	sjt5			λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “that man should marry his dead brother’s widow”
3535	20:28	pn1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her late husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her late husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3536	20:28	m388		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σπέρμα	1	See how you translated this figurative sense of the word seed in 1:55. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3537	20:29	c2jr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	οὖν	1	The Sadducces are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation: “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
3538	20:29	ax5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος	1	While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility, in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3539	20:29	si57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective first as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3540	20:29	m389		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3541	20:30	m390		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ	1	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3542	20:30	p5mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3543	20:30	m391		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3544	20:30	m392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjective second as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3545	20:30	r4xe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3546	20:31	m393		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	καὶ	1	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3547	20:31	d5tq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3548	20:31	m394		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	Jesus is using the adjective third as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3549	20:31	ky9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
3550	20:31	f1fj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3551	20:33	avu1			ἐν τῇ & ἀναστάσει	1	The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
3552	20:33	m395		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	οὖν	1	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
3553	20:33	m396			οἱ & ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
3554	20:34	nlu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3555	20:34	m397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3556	20:34	n91c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	The term sons of is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “the people of this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3557	20:34	m398		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	Jesus is using the word sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3558	20:34	m399		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	As in 16:8, here the term age means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world, and by association the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3559	20:35	m8m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & καταξιωθέντες & οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	As in 20:34, if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3560	20:35	m400		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & καταξιωθέντες	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3561	20:35	m401		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the word age in the same figurative sense as in 18:30, to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3562	20:35	ct9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τυχεῖν & τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun resurrection with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3563	20:35	m3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3564	20:35	rh62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in 20:34. If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3565	20:36	lk28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ & ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3566	20:36	m402		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3567	20:36	m403		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	Here, Jesus is using the term sons in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3568	20:36	btb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	Jesus is using the term sons in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3569	20:37	j8z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3570	20:37	m404		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3571	20:37	g3xg			καὶ Μωϋσῆς	1	Jesus is using the word even for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
3572	20:37	m405		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3573	20:37	n82t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3574	20:37	m406		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3575	20:37	nx7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3576	20:37	pqm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3577	20:37	m407		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ & Ἰσαὰκ & Ἰακώβ	1	translate-names
3578	20:38	tdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how God’s description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3579	20:38	u1y5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐκ & νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3580	20:38	m408		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3581	20:38	dxi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ζώντων	1	Jesus is using the adjective living as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3582	20:38	i6am		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν	1	Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are dead as far as other people are concerned, they are alive as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3583	20:39	n5nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων εἶπαν	1	Luke uses this statement to reintroduce these characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some scribes listening to what Jesus was saying, and they responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3584	20:39	m409		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες & εἶπαν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3585	20:39	m410			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3586	20:40	m411		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	Here, Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying no longer and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3587	20:40	vjx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3588	20:40	i6sv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι & ἐτόλμων	1	It is unclear whether they refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3589	20:41	t981		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν & πρὸς αὐτούς	1	As in 20:40, it is unclear to whom the pronoun them refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3590	20:41	mda6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν?	1	This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3591	20:41	sq2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λέγουσιν	1	Here, Jesus is using the pronoun they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “people say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3592	20:41	b7rb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν	1	Here, Jesus is using the term son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “a descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3593	20:41	m412		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δαυεὶδ	1	This is the name of a man, Israel’s most important king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3594	20:42	m413			λέγει	1	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
3595	20:42	h2al		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3596	20:42	e1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3597	20:42	m415		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective right as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3598	20:42	pse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3599	20:43	m416		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in 20:42 to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3600	20:43	fl1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a footstool to mean that Yahweh would would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3601	20:43	m418		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑποπόδιον	1	If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something on which you can rest your feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3602	20:44	m419		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David therefore calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3603	20:44	zk2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Δαυεὶδ οὖν, Κύριον, αὐτὸν καλεῖ	1	In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone Lord was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox, that is, is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David therefore addresses the Messiah respectfully as his Lord. But if the Messiah is his descendant, David should be the more respected person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3604	20:44	k1tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ πῶς υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	Like the question in 20:41, this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3605	20:44	m427		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Jesus is using this word to show that a conclusion should be drawn as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previoiusly believed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3606	20:44	m426		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	υἱός	1	Here, Jesus is using the term son figuratively to mean “descendant.” Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3607	20:45	k3pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that after asking his own difficult question to the people who had been trying to trap him, Jesus turned to speak to his disciples. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3608	20:45	m420		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3609	20:46	m421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Jesus says Beware to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3610	20:46	ang2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	In this culture, long robes were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3611	20:46	m422		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3612	20:46	m423		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας	1	As in 14:7, first here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3613	20:47	m424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the houses of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3614	20:47	c7yv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	Jesus says figuratively that the scribes devour or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3615	20:47	g67x			προφάσει μακρὰ προσεύχονται	1	Here, the term pretext refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they offer long prayers”
3616	20:47	zpp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	Jesus is using the word condemnation figuratively to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3617	20:47	zpx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive greater punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3618	21:intro	ny7d				0	Luke 21 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (21:1–4) Jesus tells his disciples what will happen before he returns (21:5–38) Special concepts in this chapter “the times of the nations” The Jews spoke of the time between when the Babylonians forced their ancestors to go to Babylon and the time when the Messiah would come as “the times of the nations.” In this expression, the term “nations” means people groups who are not Jews, that is, the Gentiles. So this expression meant the time when the Gentiles ruled over the Jews. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. There is a paradox in this chapter. Jesus tells his disciples in 21:16, “they will put to death some of you,” but then, in 21:18, he tells them, “not even a hair of your head will perish.” As a note to 21:18 explains, Jesus means this second statement in a spiritual sense.
3619	21:1	k2zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3620	21:1	m425		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
3621	21:1	m428		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοὺς & πλουσίους	1	Jesus is using the adjective rich as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3622	21:1	nf4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the gifts were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3623	21:1	unv2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God, by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the treasury. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3624	21:2	xrk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3625	21:2	vzu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
3626	21:3	i8gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in 20:45. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3627	21:3	t97j			ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3628	21:3	rwt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν	1	Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative, for example, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3629	21:3	m429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων	1	In context, this term means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3630	21:4	x3qb			ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα	1	Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
3631	21:4	gaj8			ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν	1	Alternate translation: “only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
3632	21:5	vgp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τινων	1	The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3633	21:5	m430		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκόσμηται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3634	21:5	vk7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναθέμασιν	1	In this context, this term refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3635	21:6	lcz6			ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε	1	Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
3636	21:6	wcd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	Here, Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3637	21:6	jfl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3638	21:6	ajx2			οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
3639	21:6	dps1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in 19:44. Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3640	21:6	m431			ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
3641	21:6	m432		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, They would mean “your enemies,” and it would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3642	21:7	rix4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν & αὐτὸν	1	The word they refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3643	21:7	m433			Διδάσκαλε	1	This is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3644	21:7	a11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	The phrase these things refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3645	21:8	vu18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3646	21:8	f1ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here, Jesus uses the word name figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3647	21:8	h6zp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	The implication is that he means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3648	21:8	m434		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	This implicitly means the time when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3649	21:8	sls1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν	1	Here, the expression go after seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term follow in 5:27 and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3650	21:9	p5w5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας	1	The term wars probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term rebellions probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3651	21:9	eze2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μὴ πτοηθῆτε	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3652	21:9	m435		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before do not be terrified, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3653	21:9	msn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3654	21:9	jyh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3655	21:10	yj1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	The word he refers to Jesus, and the word them refers to his disciples. Since this is a continuation of Jesus speaking from the previous verse, some languages may prefer to leave out this phrase, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3656	21:10	m436		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3657	21:10	ms79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The word nation represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3658	21:10	ax4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The term nation refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3659	21:10	m437		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος	1	The expression rise against is an idiom that means to attack. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3660	21:10	e65b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3661	21:10	m438		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The word kingdom represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3662	21:10	m439		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	The term kingdom figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. (It could also represent the ruler of that kingdom, as UST suggests.) Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3663	21:11	ib3l			φόβηθρά	1	Alternate translation: “events that terrify people” or “events that cause people to be very afraid”
3664	21:11	m440		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σημεῖα ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ μεγάλα	1	Here, the term heaven could mean one of two things. (1) Based on what Jesus says in 21:25 about signs in the sun, moon, and stars, it could have the sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “great signs in the sky” (2) It could be a way of referring to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “great signs from God” or “great signs that God sends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3665	21:12	unm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τούτων	1	This refers implicitly to the things that Jesus has said will happen. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3666	21:12	w5uz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	This expression means figuratively means to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of that person. Alternate translation: “they will arrest you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3667	21:12	qd99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν	1	The word they refers to the government authorities, who will be led to arrest the followers of Jesus by their enemies, as Jesus explains in 21:16. Alternate translation: “the authorities will arrest you” or “your enemies will get the authorities to arrest you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3668	21:12	w2i4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παραδιδόντες εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	The term synagogues figuratively means the leaders of the synagogues, who had the authority to put Jews on trial. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to the leaders of the synagogues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3669	21:12	xt6d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ φυλακάς	1	Here, Jesus is speaking compactly. He means that the enemies of his disciples will turn them over to the authorities, and the authorities will put them in prison. Alternate translation: “who will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3670	21:12	m441		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπαγομένους ἐπὶ	1	This expression figuratively means to turn someone over to an authority for trial, where the person would stand before the authority and answer the charges. Alternate translation: “turning you over for trial to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3671	21:12	cwq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός μου	1	Here, the word name figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3672	21:13	d98x			ἀποβήσεται ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον	1	Alternate translation: “This will give you an opportunity to speak about how you believe in me”
3673	21:14	q1s1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	This term is usually translated “therefore” because it typically introduces a result or conclusion from something that has just been said. However, in some cases, including this one, the term instead indicates a contrast with what has just been said. Knowing they would be put on trial, Jesus’ disciples would naturally want to think about how to defend themselves, but Jesus is telling them, by contrast, not to do that. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3674	21:14	he8s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of his disciples’ hearts as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3675	21:14	m442		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θέτε & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the disciples’ hearts figuratively to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3676	21:14	usf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3677	21:14	m443		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3678	21:15	m788		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 21:14 and 21:15, putting all of 21:15 first, followed by all of 21:14. You could begin 21:15 with “Since” and have no introductory word for 21:14, or you could have no introductory word for 21:15 and begin 21:14 with “So.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3679	21:15	z6ua		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	Jesus is using the term mouth figuratively to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3680	21:15	gm5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	The phrase a mouth and wisdom expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The word wisdom describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3681	21:15	d3zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verbs resist and contradict as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3682	21:15	m444		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	The terms resist and contradict mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3683	21:16	xc2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε & καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3684	21:16	m445		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	Here, the term brothers has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3685	21:16	ue17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	The term they could possibly mean one of two things, though the first meaning is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you” or (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3686	21:17	m446		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3687	21:17	wbh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	The term all is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3688	21:17	lm66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, the word name figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3689	21:18	m447		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3690	21:18	m448		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative words not at all combined with the negative verb perish as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3691	21:18	y7bi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	Jesus speaks of one of the smallest parts of a person to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3692	21:18	m449			θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate who will make sure that the disciples do not perish. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe”
3693	21:18	m450		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	Since Jesus says in 21:16 that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking figuratively here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually, that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3694	21:19	g85h			ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
3695	21:19	r5zc			κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	The soul means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
3696	21:20	nqb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3697	21:20	m451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3698	21:20	dfy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun desolation with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3699	21:21	m452		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ	1	This is the name of a province. Alternate translation: “the other parts of the province of Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3700	21:21	m453		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ ὄρη	1	The implication is that people who fled to the mountains would be safe there. Alternate translation: “to the mountains, where they will be safe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3701	21:21	ubh7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῆς	1	Here, the word it means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “within the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3702	21:21	m454		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	The term fields refers implicitly to the farms around Jerusalem that provided the main food supply for the city. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should not seek shelter within its protective walls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3703	21:21	m455			οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
3704	21:22	vs2g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3705	21:22	m456		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun vengeance with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3706	21:22	eba2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3707	21:22	m457		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	Here, the word all has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically all that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3708	21:23	m458		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3709	21:23	e1pj			ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
3710	21:23	m459		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3711	21:23	m460		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why it will be very difficult for pregnant women and nursing mothers at this time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the sentence that this word introduces first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the other sentence in the verse describes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3712	21:23	m461		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	If the word land figuratively means the people who live in the land (see note below), then these two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “God will angrily punish the people who live in this land by making them suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3713	21:23	mzp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) The term land could refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (2) The term land could be literal. Alternate translation: “there will be physical disasters in the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3714	21:23	m462		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔσται & ἀνάγκη μεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun distress with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “the people who live in this land will suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3715	21:23	iw4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ὀργὴ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ	1	Jesus is using the word wrath figuratively to mean what God will do in his wrath. Alternate translation: “and God will angrily punish this people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3716	21:24	lmj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πεσοῦνται	1	Here, the term fall figuratively means to die, by association with the way that people who die fall to the ground. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3717	21:24	m463		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	Here, the term mouth may be a figurative way of saying “edge” or “end,” by analogy to the way that the mouth of an animal is typically at one end of the animal. Alternate translation: “by the edge of the sword” or “when soldiers kill them with their swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3718	21:24	m464		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	This phrase could also be depicting the sword figuratively as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3719	21:24	m465		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	μαχαίρης	1	The word sword represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “swords” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3720	21:24	m466		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	Jesus may figuratively be using one kind of weapon, the sword, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3721	21:24	cg3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3722	21:24	zn4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	The word all is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3723	21:24	m467		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus is using the term nations figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3724	21:24	d356		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This could mean one of two things. (1) The image could be of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) The image could be of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3725	21:24	m468		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3726	21:24	m469		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by the nations, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3727	21:24	na6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3728	21:25	bza4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν	1	As in 21:10, the term nations here refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3729	21:25	m470		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	Jesus may be using the terms roaring and tossing together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. Alternate translation: “because they will be anxious about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
3730	21:25	sz1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3731	21:26	m471		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	Here, Jesus is using the term men in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3732	21:26	m472		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term fear describes what the expectation of people will be like. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from fearful expectation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3733	21:26	az37			τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ	1	Alternate translation: “the things that are happening in the world” or “the things that are happening to the world”
3734	21:26	m473		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3735	21:26	wn9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	The phrase the powers of the heavens is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3736	21:26	m474		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αἱ & δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3737	21:27	m475		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὄψονται	1	The word they refers to the people of the nations, whom Jesus has been speaking about since 21:25. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3738	21:27	k9pr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3739	21:27	m476		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3740	21:27	wyj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλῃ	1	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means coming down from heaven in a cloud. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in a cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3741	21:27	acp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term glory describes what kind of power Jesus will have. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3742	21:27	m477		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns power and glory with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “shining brightly because I am so powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3743	21:28	mv82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus tells his disciples to assume this posture, rather than fearfully crouching down and looking down, to demonstrate their confidence that God is coming to deliver them. Alternate translation: “confidently stand up straight and hold your heads high” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3744	21:28	up9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of God as if he were the deliverance that he is going to bring. Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3745	21:28	m478		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent the idea behind the abstract noun deliverance with a verb such as “deliver.” Alternate translation: “because God will soon deliver you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3746	21:29	h6a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables	καὶ εἶπεν παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
3747	21:29	m479		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τὴν συκῆν	1	Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular fig tree. Alternate translation: “the fig trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3748	21:29	m480		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὴν συκῆν	1	See how you translated this in 13:6. Alternate translation: “the fruit trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3749	21:30	l2ts			ὅταν προβάλωσιν	1	Alternate translation: “When they start to grow new leaves”
3750	21:30	yic5			ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν	1	Alternate translation: “summer is about to start” or “the warm season is about to start”
3751	21:31	y81z			ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described”
3752	21:31	t1ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “God will soon begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3753	21:32	gsh9			ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3754	21:32	h921		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	Jesus uses the term generation figuratively to mean the people who were born a certain generation. This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. Alternate translation: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” or (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3755	21:32	m3il			οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ & ἕως ἂν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will still be alive when”
3756	21:32	m481			πάντα	1	Alternate translation: “all of these things”
3757	21:33	t53u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	Jesus is using heaven and earth together figuratively to describe all of creation. (Here, the term heaven refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist.) Alternate translation: “everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
3758	21:33	c3yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3759	21:33	kym8			οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always continue to be true”
3760	21:34	m482		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3761	21:34	y2qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3762	21:34	r69y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι	1	Here, the heart figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3763	21:34	se3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ	1	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with and. The term drunkenness explains the source of the hangover. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3764	21:34	unw9			μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
3765	21:34	x8jh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of this day as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether sudden is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3766	21:34	r486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3767	21:34	q6ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3768	21:35	m483		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς παγίς	1	Jesus says figuratively that just as a trap closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3769	21:35	qh1b			ἐπεισελεύσεται & ἐπὶ πάντας	1	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people”
3770	21:35	m484		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς καθημένους	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of sitting to mean “living.” Alternate translation: “who are living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3771	21:35	ry3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of the surface of the earth as if it were the outward part or face of a person. Alternate translation: “on the surface of the whole earth” or “all over the entire earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3772	21:36	auh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
3773	21:36	m4l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἀγρυπνεῖτε & ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ	1	The expression in every time means “all the time” or “always.” Jesus is using it figuratively, as a generalization. Alternate translation: “continue to watch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3774	21:36	m485		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	Jesus is using this expression in a figurative sense. Alternate translation: “stay alert” or “watch” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3775	21:36	m486		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀγρυπνεῖτε	1	The implication is that Jesus is telling his disciples to do this so that they will not be surprised when he returns. Alternate translation: “watch for the signs of my coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3776	21:36	m487		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, the word before means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “and to stand in the presence of the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3777	21:36	h83d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, the term stand is an idiom that means to be declared innocent when judged, as in Psalm 130:3, “If you, Yahweh, would mark iniquities, Lord, who could stand?” (That is, “If you, Yahweh, kept a record of sins, no one would be declared innocent.”) Jesus is referring to the time when he will judge everyone. Alternate translation: “and so that the Son of Man will declare you innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3778	21:36	m488		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” or “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3779	21:36	m489		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” or “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3780	21:37	tfe8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in 20:1–21:36 ends. You language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
3781	21:37	zh1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3782	21:37	m490		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3783	21:37	m491		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3784	21:38	m492		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	The word all is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3785	21:38	bky8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Here, Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3786	21:38	cbx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ	1	The implication is that the people wanted to hear Jesus teach. Alternate translation: “to listen to him teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3787	21:38	m493		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Luke figuratively means the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3788	22:intro	y8nr				0	Luke 22 General Notes Structure and formatting Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1–6) Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7–38) Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39–53) Peter denies Jesus (22:54–62) Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63–71) Special concepts in this chapter The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus 22:14-20 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage. The new covenant Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) Important textual issues in this chapter “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground” Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3789	22:1	q8fa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
3790	22:1	jjy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews ate bread that was not made with yeast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3791	22:1	m494		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3792	22:1	m495		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πάσχα	1	This is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3793	22:1	u5jm			ἤγγιζεν	1	Here, Luke uses this term in the sense of near in time. Alternate translation: “was almost ready to begin”
3794	22:2	m496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3795	22:2	n9v6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3796	22:2	aij5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of the people. Rather, they were seeking how to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3797	22:2	m497		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in 21:38. Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3798	22:3	m498		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σατανᾶς	1	This is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in 10:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3799	22:3	r65v			εἰσῆλθεν & εἰς	1	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
3800	22:3	m499		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδαν & Ἰσκαριώτην	1	Judas is the name of a man, and Iscariot is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in 6:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3801	22:3	m500		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3802	22:3	m501		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3803	22:3	m502		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3804	22:4	qpi4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3805	22:4	s7qx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν	1	The word him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3806	22:5	ir4p			ἐχάρησαν	1	Alternate translation: “this made chief priests and captains very glad”
3807	22:5	usn7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι	1	Luke is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, silver, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “to pay Judas money for doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3808	22:6	r6xx			τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “to help the leaders arrest Jesus”
3809	22:6	bw75			ἄτερ ὄχλου	1	Alternate translation: “when there was no crowd around him”
3810	22:7	veh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in 22:1. You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3811	22:7	rqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα	1	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the lamb that the Law of Moses told Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. Alternate translation: “people had to kill a lamb for their Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3812	22:8	abcs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν	1	The word he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3813	22:8	m503		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πέτρον & Ἰωάννην	1	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in 6:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3814	22:8	m504		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, you as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3815	22:8	nkz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3816	22:8	e4ev		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν & ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms us and we would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3817	22:8	m505		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3818	22:9	j52e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word us does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3819	22:9	s8yw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	Peter and John are speaking as a group of two, so this verb would be in the dual if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
3820	22:10	um6z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αὐτοῖς & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν & ἀκολουθήσατε	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns them and you and the implied you in the imperative verb would all be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3821	22:10	c13w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus used this word to tell Peter and John to pay close attention to what he is saying and to do exactly what he tells them. Alternate translation: “Now pay close attention to these instructions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3822	22:10	i45e			συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος	1	Alternate translation: “you will see a man”
3823	22:10	a677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κεράμιον ὕδατος	1	This does not mean a small serving pitcher, but rather a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3824	22:11	khy9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, λέγει σοι ὁ διδάσκαλος, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3825	22:11	iv6f			ὁ διδάσκαλος	1	This is a respectful title for Jesus. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
3826	22:11	pq8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3827	22:12	lpw6			κἀκεῖνος	1	Alternate translation: “and the owner of the house”
3828	22:12	lg2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνάγαιον	1	In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you can use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3829	22:12	m506		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐστρωμένον	1	This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets and dining couches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3830	22:13	m507		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3831	22:13	g9ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπελθόντες	1	The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3832	22:13	m508		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3833	22:14	j1dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα	1	Luke is using the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “when it was time for the meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3834	22:14	lnc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀνέπεσεν	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “Jesus took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3835	22:15	hue3			ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα	1	Jesus is using a characteristic Hebrew construction, a cognate noun with a verb, to express intensity. If your language has this same construction, you can use it here. Otherwise, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I have wanted very much”
3836	22:15	m509		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦτο τὸ Πάσχα	1	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, Passover, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “this Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3837	22:15	s1sj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to his death, by association with the way that he will suffer much pain and shame as he is dying. Alternate translation: “before I experience a painful death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3838	22:16	m510		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine 22:15 and 22:16, putting all of 22:16 first, followed by all of 22:15. This would require saying “this Passover meal” in 22:16 and it in 22:15. You could have no introductory word for 22:16 and begin 22:15 with “And so.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3839	22:16	gbj7			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3840	22:16	m511		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3841	22:16	k28r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. This could mean one of several things. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God” or (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom” or (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3842	22:17	l5e6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	Luke is using the term cup figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3843	22:17	d7pc			εὐχαριστήσας	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
3844	22:17	xvm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3845	22:18	m512		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why he wants his disciples to share the wine, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3846	22:18	m78n			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus is using this phrase this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3847	22:18	h5tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to the juice that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the fruit or grapes themselves. Wine is made from fermented grape juice. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3848	22:18	crv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the kingdom of God as if it could actively come on its own. Alternate translation: “until God establishes his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3849	22:18	m513		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἕως οὗ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλθῃ	1	See how you decided to translate the phrase the kingdom of God in 4:43. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “until God begins to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3850	22:19	m514		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἄρτον	1	The term bread refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. See how you translated this term in 9:13. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3851	22:19	nd2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄρτον	1	Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3852	22:19	m515			εὐχαριστήσας	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
3853	22:19	d3yc			ἔκλασεν	1	Jesus may have divided the loaf of bread into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
3854	22:19	m516		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3855	22:19	d8r1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand it to mean one of two things. In the first case, it would be a metaphor. Alternate translation: (1) “This represents my body” or (2) “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3856	22:19	lc9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3857	22:19	cxy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3858	22:20	m517		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3859	22:20	z3cx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον & τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	In each case, the term cup figuratively means what the cup contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3860	22:20	gc8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice, in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3861	22:20	v4d3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be poured out when he dies. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will flow out of my wounds for you when I die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3862	22:21	swj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term behold to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen to this carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3863	22:21	g6ks		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is figuratively using one part of this person, his hand, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3864	22:21	m518		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	Jesus is using the shared location of the table figuratively to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the table. Alternate translation: “is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3865	22:22	wtj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why one of his disciples is going to betray him, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3866	22:22	mk3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς & τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3867	22:22	m519		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς & τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3868	22:22	m520		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
3869	22:22	p2qa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3870	22:22	wy2s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3871	22:24	yyw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Luke may use this word simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3872	22:24	y9ce			δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	Here, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
3873	22:24	m521			μείζων	1	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, greater, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
3874	22:25	m522		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here, Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by the nations he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3875	22:25	zjf5			κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
3876	22:25	tw4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται	1	The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
3877	22:25	m523		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3878	22:25	m524		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3879	22:26	ne9r			ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
3880	22:26	m525			ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	As the last note to 22:24 discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
3881	22:26	m526		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ μείζων & ὁ νεώτερος	1	Jesus is using the adjectives greater and younger as nouns, to describe types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the greatest one … the youngest one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3882	22:26	cdq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ νεώτερος	1	This culture respected older people and followed them as leaders. Jesus is referring figuratively to a person who was less important and influential, by association with the fact that this would be the case if they were younger. Alternate translation: “the least important one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3883	22:26	y4n1			ὁ διακονῶν	1	Alternate translation: “a servant”
3884	22:27	mw2l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Jesus uses this word to introduce a reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. The reason is that he is already setting a personal example of this himself. Alternate translation: “After all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3885	22:27	jt7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς & μείζων, ὁ ἀνακείμενος ἢ ὁ διακονῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to think about who is greater, the person who is dining, or the who is serving the food.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3886	22:27	n3dl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὁ ἀνακείμενος	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “the person who is dining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3887	22:27	lu3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμενος?	1	Jesus is using a further question to teach his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You must agree that it is the person who is dining.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3888	22:27	qbn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν εἰμι ὡς ὁ διακονῶν	1	Jesus is likely referring to the example that he has set at this meal. This would include serving the bread to the disciples, which Luke describes in 22:19. John 13:4–5 also records that before this meal, Jesus washed the disciples feet, which a household servant would ordinarily have done. Alternate translation: “But I have been acting like a servant here at this meal with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3889	22:28	i9xb			οἱ διαμεμενηκότες μετ’ ἐμοῦ, ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς μου	1	Alternate translation: “the ones who have stayed with me through my struggles”
3890	22:29	w4pd			κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And so, just as my Father has given a kingdom to me, I am giving one to you”
3891	22:29	nly5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κἀγὼ διατίθεμαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό μοι ὁ Πατήρ μου βασιλείαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “And so I am giving you the authority to rule, just as my Father has done for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3892	22:29	m527		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	κἀγὼ	1	Jesus uses this expression to indicate that what he is about to say is the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “And so I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3893	22:29	ii65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
3894	22:30	m528		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα ἔσθητε καὶ πίνητε ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης μου	1	Jesus may simply be referring to the way he and his disciples will renew their table fellowship in the kingdom of God, as he described in 22:16. But he may also be referring figuratively to his disciples becoming important officials in his kingdom, since such officials would have their meals at the king’s table. Alternate translation: “so that you may be important officials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3895	22:30	m529		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun kingdom with a verb such as “rule” and a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “when I rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3896	22:30	us1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καθῆσθε ἐπὶ θρόνων	1	Rulers have thrones that symbolize their authority. These special seats are signs of status and power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “sit on royal thrones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3897	22:30	m530		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς & τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	Here, Jesus uses the term tribes figuratively to refer to the people who belong to those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3898	22:31	t8qd			Σίμων, Σίμων	1	Jesus says the name of this disciple twice to show him that what he is about to say to him is very important. Your language may have a way of addressing someone to show this same thing. Alternate translation: “Oh, Simon”
3899	22:31	m531		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμων	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in 4:38. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3900	22:31	m532		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus uses the term behold to get Simon to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3901	22:31	m533		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	This is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in 10:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3902	22:31	m534			ἐξῃτήσατο	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God”
3903	22:31	m535		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	To sift wheat means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with wheat, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3904	22:31	qyy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	Jesus is using this comparison to say figuratively that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me no matter what” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3905	22:31	m536		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3906	22:31	dmw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	Here, the word you is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3907	22:32	m537			ἐγὼ & ἐδεήθην	1	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
3908	22:32	pd1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ	1	Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms you and your are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3909	22:32	zp8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἵνα μὴ ἐκλίπῃ ἡ πίστις σου	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the negative word not combined with the negative verb fail as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you will continue to have faith” or “that you will continue to trust me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3910	22:32	qxk7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποτε ἐπιστρέψας	1	This expression refers figuratively to resuming a previous course of action. Alternate translation: “when you are once more openly loyal to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3911	22:32	f9v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στήρισον τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	The implication is that Jesus wants Simon to strengthen the other disciples in their faith. Alternate translation: “encourage the other disciples to be strong in their faith as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3912	22:32	r7ux		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	Jesus is using the term brothers figuratively to mean someone who shares the same belief. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” or “the other disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3913	22:32	m538		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου	1	Here, Jesus has the other apostles, who are all men, initially in view. But he may also want Simon to strengthen the faith of any of his other disciples, male or female, who need encouragement. In that case, he would be using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
3914	22:33	m539		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The word he refers to Simon, who was also known as Peter, and the word him refers to Jesus. Jesus calls him as Peter in the next verse. So that your readers will know that Jesus is talking to the same man there, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “But Simon Peter said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3915	22:34	m540		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν	1	The word he refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “But Jesus answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3916	22:34	m541			λέγω σοι	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell Peter. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
3917	22:34	tu15			οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ εἰδέναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “before the rooster crows today, you will deny three times that you know me”
3918	22:34	pwj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3919	22:34	eq7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτωρ, ἕως	1	A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3920	22:34	m542		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1	Jesus is not speaking of one particular rooster but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3921	22:34	m543		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3922	22:35	m544		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων	1	As in 10:4, Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively, to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3923	22:35	m545		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
3924	22:35	cv68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disiples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3925	22:35	tb51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	οὐθενός	1	Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3926	22:36	h7j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν	1	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
3927	22:36	m546		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον & ὁ μὴ ἔχων & μάχαιραν	1	Jesus is giving these instructions specifically to his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in your translation. Alternate translation: “any one of you who has a money bag … any one of you who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3928	22:36	q717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	See how you translated this term in 19:35. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3929	22:37	n73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3930	22:37	m547			λέγω & ὑμῖν	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “listen to this carefully”
3931	22:37	g4l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3932	22:37	m548		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3933	22:37	u9jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. The meaning of accomplished is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in 1:1, 1:20, and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3934	22:37	m549		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	τό & μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3935	22:37	jz9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	Jesus is using the adjective lawless as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3936	22:37	jf1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3937	22:37	se1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	Here, Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3938	22:38	kbt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Jesus may be indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords, as UST suggests. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3939	22:39	zaw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in 21:37 that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3940	22:39	m550		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3941	22:40	m551		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου	1	Luke says he, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to the whole group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3942	22:40	b6pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3943	22:40	m552		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	The implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3944	22:41	sp1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν	1	This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3945	22:41	m553		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	As Jesus indicates in his parable in 18:11, the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgent about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3946	22:42	y51l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
3947	22:42	m554		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal	εἰ βούλει & τὸ σὸν	1	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal forms of you and yours would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
3948	22:42	ic7y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a cup of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3949	22:42	m555		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	παρένεγκε τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3950	22:42	zw2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημά μου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γινέσθω	1	This is another imperative that should be translated as a request rather than as a command. Alternate translation: “However, please do what is according to your will, rather than what is according to my will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
3951	22:43	m556		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Ὤφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων αὐτόν	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3952	22:43	m557		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ὤφθη & αὐτῷ	1	The term appeared does not mean that the angel simply seemed to be there, or that Jesus saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Jesus. Alternate translation: “came there to be with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3953	22:44	m558		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. καὶ Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The two notes below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3954	22:44	m559			ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) Luke may be using the comparative form of the adjective earnest, which has an adverbial sense here, with a superlative meaning. Alternate translation: “he was praying most earnestly” or “he was praying very fervently” (2) The word may have an actual comparative sense, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “he began to pray even more earnestly than he had been before”
3955	22:44	m560		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	Ἐγένετο ὁ ἱδρὼς αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος καταβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν	1	This could mean one of two things. The first is more likely. (1) It could describe the appearance of the drops. This would mean that Jesus had been under such stress that the small blood vessels that fed his sweat glands ruptured, and his sweat became mixed with blood. (This is a rare but well-document medical condition known as hematohidrosis.) Alternate translation: “his sweat became mixed with blood and it fell to the ground in drops” (2) It could describe the way in which the drops of sweat fell to the ground. Alternate translation: “he began to sweat so intensely that the sweat formed drops and fell to the ground as blood drops do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3956	22:45	m561		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that what he describes next came after what he described just previously. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
3957	22:45	m562			ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	Alternate translation: “when Jesus had finished praying, he got up and went back to his disciples”
3958	22:45	gb3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun sorrow with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3959	22:46	in7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3960	22:46	nl7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun temptation with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:40. Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
3961	22:46	m563		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	As in 22:40, the implications are that the disciples will soon face the temptation to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could say something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3962	22:47	m564		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3963	22:47	kt25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3964	22:47	m565		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man people called Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3965	22:47	m56x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	This is the first name of a man. See how you translated it in 22:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3966	22:47	m567		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 8:1. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective Twelve with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
3967	22:47	m568		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	You may have decided instead in 8:1 to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3968	22:47	mva7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προήρχετο αὐτούς	1	Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3969	22:47	c2l7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	φιλῆσαι αὐτόν	1	In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3970	22:48	e2n9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3971	22:48	zvk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
3972	22:48	m569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3973	22:49	njs1			οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν	1	This means to Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him”
3974	22:49	y5za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ ἐσόμενον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3975	22:49	m570		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3976	22:49	m571		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a sword, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in 22:38 that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3977	22:49	gv81		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in 22:38 that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords, should we use them now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3978	22:50	b4ij		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses this phrase to bring one of the characters into the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his gospel that it was Peter, but since Luke does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of the disciples who was there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3979	22:50	f2fm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπάταξεν & τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	The implication is that this disciple did this with a sword. Alternate translation: “struck the servant of the high priest with a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3980	22:51	m572		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what the disciple had just done. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
3981	22:51	rcp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου	1	This is an idiom. It is in the form of a positive statement, but it actually has a strong negative meaning. Alternate translation: “No more of this” or “Do not do anything more like that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3982	22:51	c6pz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν	1	It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s ear, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3983	22:52	m573		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	See how you translated this in 22:4. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3984	22:52	fa7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3985	22:52	m574		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3986	22:52	m575		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term robber likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3987	22:52	m576		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	Jesus is speaking of these weapons figuratively, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3988	22:53	a6qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3989	22:53	c4is		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	As in 20:19, here this expression means figuratively to arrest a person, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their hands. Alternate translation: “you did not arrest me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3990	22:53	gw9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα	1	Jesus is using the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3991	22:53	mzb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the hour further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
3992	22:53	m577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to Satan as darkness. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3993	22:54	mtp8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3994	22:54	m578		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
3995	22:54	m579		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Peter followed from a distance. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3996	22:55	b3x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων & πῦρ	1	Here, the word they does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people started a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3997	22:55	m580		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	περιαψάντων & πῦρ	1	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house started a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
3998	22:55	m581		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	Implicitly, the purpose of the fire was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3999	22:55	qx64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4000	22:55	m8ew			μέσος αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
4001	22:56	m582		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4002	22:56	fm4t			καθήμενον πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1	Alternate translation: “sitting facing the light of the fire” or “sitting with his face lit up by the fire”
4003	22:56	fxz3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ εἶπεν	1	Though this woman was looking at Peter, she was not speaking to him, but to the others around them. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “She looked straight at Peter and said to the other people in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4004	22:56	zu63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ οὗτος σὺν αὐτῷ ἦν	1	The woman could mean one of two things by this. (1) She could mean that Peter was with Jesus when the group came to arrest him, as UST suggests. (2) However, it is perhaps unlikely that this female servant accompanied that group, and so she may mean instead that she saw Peter with Jesus somewhere in Jerusalem earlier in the week and she could tell that he was associated with Jesus. Alternate translation: “I know that this man is one of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4005	22:57	dzq9			ὁ δὲ ἠρνήσατο	1	Alternate translation: “But Peter said that was not true”
4006	22:57	vdm1			γύναι	1	Peter addresses the female servant as Woman because he does not know her name. He is not insulting her by calling her that. If your readers might think he was insulting her, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address a woman he does not know. Alternate translation: “Miss” or “Ma’am”
4007	22:58	m583		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἕτερος	1	Luke uses this word to introduce another new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4008	22:58	i65s			καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ	1	Alternate translation: “You are also one of the people who were with Jesus”
4009	22:58	cyv7			ἄνθρωπε	1	Peter addresses this person as Man because he does not know his name. He is not insulting him by calling him that. If your readers might think he was insulting him, you could use a way that is acceptable in your culture for a man to address another man he does not know. Alternate translation: “Sir”
4010	22:59	m584			διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς	1	You can express this in the way your language describes time. Alternate translation: “about an hour later”
4011	22:59	m585		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἄλλος τις	1	Luke uses this expression to introduce a further character into the story. Alternate translation: “yet another of the people who was there by the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4012	22:59	h5tb			διϊσχυρίζετο	1	Alternate translation: “kept saying loudly”
4013	22:59	fc42			οὗτος	1	The phrase this one refers to Peter. The speaker probably did not know Peter’s name. Alternate translation: “this man”
4014	22:59	qwf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	The man could probably tell Peter was from Galilee from the way he talked. If it wold be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he speaks with a Galilean accent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4015	22:59	m586		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4016	22:60	ck93			ἄνθρωπε	1	See how you translated this in 22:58. Peter did not know the man’s name. He was not insulting him by calling him Man. Alternate translation: “Sir”
4017	22:60	al3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐκ οἶδα ὃ λέγεις	1	This is an idiom that means that Peter completely disagrees with the man. Alternate translation: “what you are saying is not true at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4018	22:60	p6c5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔτι λαλοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	The pronoun he refers to Peter, not to the other man. Alternate translation: “while Peter was speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4019	22:60	lt62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ	1	See how you translated the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression there. Alternate translation: “the birds began to sing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4020	22:61	gdp5			ὁ Κύριος & τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation in each case: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
4021	22:61	dpk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Luke is using the term word figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. Alternate translation: “the statement Jesus had made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4022	22:61	kkq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	See how you translated this in 22:60 and the similar phrase in 22:34. You may have decided to use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4023	22:61	ui26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	See how you translated this in 22:34. The Jewish day started at sundown and continued to the next evening. Jesus had spoken the previous evening about what would happen shortly before dawn or at dawn, so this was still the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4024	22:61	zjc6			ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me”
4025	22:62	m5gu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξελθὼν ἔξω	1	As the note to 22:55 explains, this was an open-air courtyard, so the people in it were already outside in that sense. This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely outside the house of the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4026	22:63	abcu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ συνέχοντες αὐτὸν, ἐνέπαιζον αὐτῷ δέροντες	1	The word him refers to Jesus in both cases. Alternate translation: “the soldiers who were guarding Jesus mocked and beat Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4027	22:64	zn1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν	1	A blindfold is a thick cloth that people tie around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “They covered his eyes so that he could not see, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4028	22:64	cl2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	προφήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	The guards did not believe that Jesus was a prophet. Rather, they believed that a real prophet would know who hit him even if he could not see. They called Jesus a prophet, but they were mocking him by saying the opposite of what they believed to be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet. Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4029	22:64	m587		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε?	1	The guards do not expect Jesus to be able to answer their question, and they are really using it as a command, to tell Jesus what he should do if he wants to convince them that he is a prophet. So if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a command. Alternate translation: “Tell us who hit you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4030	22:64	q4g1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus was blindfolded and could not see. Alternate translation: “Speak words from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4031	22:65	m588			βλασφημοῦντες	1	To blaspheme can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in 5:21. It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in 20:6. By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
4032	22:66	v9m2			καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
4033	22:66	vp8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	The word they does not necessarily refer to the elders. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4034	22:66	m589		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	This is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4035	22:66	m590		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Συνέδριον	1	This is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4036	22:67	br8y			λέγοντες	1	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
4037	22:67	h12k			εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, εἰπὸν ἡμῖν	1	This sounds like a conditional statement, but it is actually an imperative. Alternate translation: “Tell us whether you are the Messiah”
4038	22:67	g8iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, since that might give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy for claiming to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Suppose I said that I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4039	22:68	l7nz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	ἐὰν δὲ ἐρωτήσω, οὐ μὴ ἀποκριθῆτε	1	Jesus is using a further hypothetical situation to avoid answering the question directly, in order not to give the elders a reason to say that he was guilty of blasphemy. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah. Then you would certainly not tell me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4040	22:68	m591		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν & ἐρωτήσω	1	The implicit meaning is that Jesus would question them about whether they thought he was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “suppose I asked you whether you thought I was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4041	22:69	z3ea			ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	Alternate translation: “after this”
4042	22:69	p8kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4043	22:69	m592		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated the title Son of Man in 5:24. Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4044	22:69	m593		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔσται & καθήμενος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4045	22:69	nka9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	To sit at the right hand … of God means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4046	22:69	h4n3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4047	22:70	udh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4048	22:70	l4j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4049	22:70	jtr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4050	22:71	u3m3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. It might be more natural for your language to use the plural form “witnesses” than the singular witness. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4051	22:71	m594		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	The implications are that no further witnesses are needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for witnesses to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4052	22:71	m595		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν & αὐτοὶ & ἠκούσαμεν	1	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so we and ourselves would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4053	22:71	m596		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4054	22:71	lpm4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	The elders are using the expression his own mouth figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4055	22:71	m597		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4056	23:intro	p6wq				0	Luke 23 General Notes Structure and formatting Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1–25) The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26–49) Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50–56) Special concepts in this chapter “The curtain of the temple was split in two” The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins. The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in 23:42. (1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term paradise figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so paradise refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term paradise and leave the meaning open. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) (2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word today describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So today belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.” Important textual issues in this chapter “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” 23:17 This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it. “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” 23:34 This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not. If you decide to include either 23:17 or the additional sentence 23:34 in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4057	23:1	pi3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4058	23:1	sgf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	The word whole is a generalization. Luke says in 23:51 that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “The many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4059	23:1	mvn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but figuratively by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4060	23:1	k4aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4061	23:1	m598		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Πειλᾶτον	1	This is the name of a man, who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in 3:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4062	23:2	m599		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in 20:25, Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4063	23:2	mtc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν & τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The terms we and our refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4064	23:2	im4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4065	23:2	xsa4			κωλύοντα φόρους & διδόναι	1	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
4066	23:2	l68k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	See how you translated this in 20:22. The Jewish leaders are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4067	23:3	m600		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4068	23:3	ve4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σὺ λέγεις	1	Like the similar expression in 22:70, this is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4069	23:4	fx7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους	1	Luke uses this phrase subtly within the narrative to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “and to the crowds that had gathered there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4070	23:4	s8fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ	1	Pilate means implicitly no cause to convict Jesus of a crime and punish him. Alternate translation: “I do not find this man to be guilty of anything” or “I find no grounds for conviction in this man’s case” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4071	23:5	m601		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	οἱ & ἐπίσχυον	1	The word they refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate for trial. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders kept insisting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4072	23:5	yy6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀνασείει τὸν λαὸν	1	The Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if Jesus were stirring a pot and putting in motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. They mean that he is encouraging rebellion. Alternate translation: “He encourages the people to rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4073	23:5	cr78			καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἕως ὧδε	1	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He began causing trouble in Galilee, and he has done so all the way to here”
4074	23:6	vvp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκούσας	1	As the rest of the verse shows, this refers implicitly to Pilate hearing that Jesus had begun teaching in Galilee. Alternate translation: “heard that Jesus had begun to teach in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4075	23:6	px94		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4076	23:6	dr1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	The term this man refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4077	23:7	cbn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4078	23:7	mn6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4079	23:7	ay2i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4080	23:7	ys2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	Luke is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4081	23:8	z3zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν & διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	In these phrases, he refers to Herod and him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod had been wanting to see Jesus … because Herod had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4082	23:8	b424		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4083	23:9	hbp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα & αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4084	23:9	c8li			οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
4085	23:10	lpu6			ἵστήκεισαν	1	Alternate translation: “were standing there”
4086	23:10	hn8g			εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “insisting strongly that Jesus was guilty of doing wrong”
4087	23:11	m602			ἐξουθενήσας & αὐτὸν	1	This does not mean that Herod hated Jesus, but that he treated him as if he were worthless. Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
4088	23:11	qt1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιβαλὼν ἐσθῆτα λαμπρὰν	1	Herod and his soldiers did this to mock Jesus and to make fun of him, so be sure that your readers do not get the impression that they did this to honor or care for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Dressing him mockingly in beautiful clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4089	23:12	b6f1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγένοντο & φίλοι ὅ τε Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μετ’ ἀλλήλων	1	Luke does not say specifically why these two men became friends. There seem to be two possibilities. (1) It could have been because Pilate had shown Herod courtesy by respecting his jurisdiction over Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because Pilate had respectfully sent Jesus to Herod to judge him” (2) It could have been because they realized that they agreed in their opinion about Jesus. They both felt that he was not guilty of doing wrong, but they also felt they could mistreat him as a way of asserting their power and authority over someone the people considered a leader. Alternate translation: “Herod and Pilate became friends with each other that very day because they had both responded to Jesus in the same way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4090	23:12	x7r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	προϋπῆρχον γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς αὑτούς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. These two men had to become friends because they had not been friends previously. Alternate translation, as the beginning of the verse: “Before this Herod and Pilate had been enemies, but now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4091	23:13	d7gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	τὸν λαὸν	1	This is a further reference reintroducing these participants, whom Luke first introduced subtly in 23:4. It is not likely that Pilate asked a crowd to gather. Instead, the crowd was probably still there waiting to see what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd of people that was still there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4092	23:14	dh77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον	1	By this man, Pilate means Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “said to them about Jesus, ‘You brought this man to me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4093	23:14	wsw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν	1	Here, Pilate uses a figurative term that is similar to the one that the council members use in 23:2 when they accuse Jesus of “misleading” the Jewish nation, meaning that he was encouraging them to do wrong things. The slightly different term that Pilate uses to summarize their charges means that they accused Jesus of turning the people away from their duties to the Roman Empire. It does not mean that Jesus refused to welcome people who came to him for help. Alternate translation: “saying that he encourages the people to be disloyal to the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4094	23:14	m603		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Pilate uses the term behold to get the Jewish leaders and the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4095	23:14	m604		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας	1	For emphasis, since he is declaring Jesus innocent, Pilate uses the personal pronoun I here when it would not ordinarily be required in Greek. If your language uses pronouns in this same way, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4096	23:14	m605		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας	1	The term before figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him in your presence, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4097	23:14	ee53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας	1	The implication is that the Jewish leaders were witnesses to the proceedings. Alternate translation: “I have questioned him with you present as witnesses, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4098	23:14	e517			οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 23:4. Alternate translation: “found no grounds to convict this man on the charges you are making against him”
4099	23:15	h623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	Here, Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4100	23:15	bn7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4101	23:15	i2ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word us includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4102	23:15	gs4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4103	23:16	p5wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4104	23:16	m606		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν	1	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4105	23:17	m607		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4106	23:17	m608		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	This verse uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what is happening. In the previous verse, Pilate was saying that Jesus would be the prisoner he was obligated to release. But in the next verse, the crowd shouts for him to release a different man instead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4107	23:17	m609		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	Ἀνάγκην & εἶχεν	1	The word he refers to Pilate. Alternate translation: “Pilate was obligated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4108	23:17	m610		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἕνα	1	This verse is using the adjective one as a noun. In context, the term clearly means one prisoner. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “one prisoner” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4109	23:17	m611		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	κατὰ ἑορτὴν	1	This verse uses the general term feast to mean one feast in particular, Passover. Alternate translation: “during each Passover celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4110	23:18	v7pf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἀνέκραγον & πανπληθεὶ	1	The word they refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd shouted together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4111	23:18	ib9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	αἶρε τοῦτον	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to execute this man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4112	23:18	m612		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	This is another imperative, and since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this either, you can also translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “and we want you to set Barabbas free instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4113	23:18	i6pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον & ἡμῖν	1	When the people in the crowd say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive us, you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4114	23:18	m613		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βαραββᾶν	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4115	23:19	vd6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4116	23:19	qdv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν & βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4117	23:19	zl1f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4118	23:20	vbp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	πάλιν & προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	The word them refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4119	23:20	t1i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4120	23:21	m614		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	As a note to 14:27 explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to crucify someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4121	23:21	m615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you can translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4122	23:22	iz5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ & τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4123	23:22	ck75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος?	1	Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4124	23:22	de5a			οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
4125	23:22	mij1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	See the note to this same sentence in 23:16. Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4126	23:22	m616		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας & αὐτὸν	1	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4127	23:23	sni4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd figuratively by reference to the voices that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4128	23:23	pst8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4129	23:23	pgz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the voices as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4130	23:24	m617		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4131	23:24	tfw2			γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
4132	23:25	nwd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν & βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4133	23:25	t66f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4134	23:25	z8v8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν	1	Luke speaks figuratively of the will of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4135	23:26	s9kc			ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν	1	Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
4136	23:26	ysu3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά & ἐπέθηκαν	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4137	23:26	m618		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat this information about this man, where he was from, and what he was doing as background information and put it first in the verse, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4138	23:26	m619		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	Σίμωνά, τινα Κυρηναῖον	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who was from the city of Cyrene” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4139	23:26	x5qz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνά	1	This is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name, for a different person, in 4:38. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4140	23:26	m620		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	The term Cyrenean is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Cyrene. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4141	23:26	i5ua			ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	Alternate translation: “who was coming into Jerusalem from the countryside”
4142	23:26	fub3			ἐπέθηκαν αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν	1	Alternate translation: “the soldiers put the cross on his shoulders”
4143	23:26	y3p6			ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “and made him walk along behind Jesus carrying it”
4144	23:27	ad9f			ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ γυναικῶν	1	The women were part of the large crowd. They were not in a separate crowd of their own. Alternate translation: “a great crowd of people, which included women, was following him”
4145	23:27	s7gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next, when Jesus speaks to these women. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now the crowd included women who were mourning and wailing for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4146	23:27	m621		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐκόπτοντο	1	See the note to this term at 8:52, and see how you translated it there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4147	23:27	bp3x			ἠκολούθει & αὐτῷ	1	Here, the word following is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
4148	23:28	nl38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	As in 13:34, Jesus is figuratively describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4149	23:28	wi15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in 23:31 is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4150	23:29	s9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in 22:16 for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
4151	23:29	rd8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Jesus is using the term behold to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “now listen carefully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4152	23:29	bjb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	Jesus is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4153	23:29	xi9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν	1	Here, Jesus is using the word they in an indefinite sense. He does not have specific individuals in mind. Alternate translation: “when people will say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4154	23:29	m622		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν, μακάριαι αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will say that women are fortunate if they never had children, if they never gave birth or nursed babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4155	23:29	rgj1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	αἱ στεῖραι, καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	After speaking of women who were barren, that is, who did not have children, Jesus describes the same women in more detail. He is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4156	23:29	m623		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	αἱ κοιλίαι αἳ οὐκ ἐγέννησαν, καὶ μαστοὶ οἳ οὐκ ἔθρεψαν	1	These are two figures of speech in which Jesus is using one part of a person to represent the entire person. Alternate translation: “women who have never given birth or nursed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4157	23:30	te1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	τότε	1	Here, the word Then does not mean that people would say this after what they said in the previous verse. Rather, it means that they would say this at the same time when they were saying that. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
4158	23:30	u1x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἄρξονται λέγειν	1	Here, Jesus is likely using the word they in an indefinite sense, as in the previous verse. He probably does not have specific individuals in mind. However, the general reference may be to the people of Jerusalem, as UST suggests. Alternate translation: “people will begin to say” or “the people of Jerusalem will begin to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4159	23:30	m624		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	Jesus is saying that at this time, people will figuratively address something they know cannot hear them in order to express in a strong way what they are feeling. Alternate translation: “to say that they wished the mountains would fall on them and the hills would cover them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
4160	23:30	m625		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes	λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to tell the mountains to fall on them and the hills to cover them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
4161	23:30	m626		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	This is an imperative, but since the people cannot order the mountains and hills to do this, they would be using the imperative to express their wishes. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us … We wish you would cover us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4162	23:30	m627		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	The people do not want the mountains and hills to fall on them to harm them, but rather to protect them. Alternate translation: “We wish you would fall on us to protect us … We wish you would cover us to protect us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4163	23:30	m628		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	πέσετε ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς & καλύψατε ἡμᾶς	1	When the people say us, they are referring to themselves only, not to the mountains and hills as well. So here, use the exclusive form of us if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4164	23:31	nkk3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	This is a figure of speech based on the idea that dry wood catches fire much more easily than moist wood. The fire, in turn, represents terrible things that people will experience. Jesus is saying that under the present relatively stable conditions, it was difficult for his enemies to arrest him and sentence him to death. In the future, conditions will become so desperate and chaotic that people will be able to do much worse things much more easily. He is probably referring to what conditions will be like during the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, which he described in 21:20–24. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, and you could represent the metaphor itself as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “If people are able to do this when conditions are good, what will they do when conditions become very bad?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4165	23:31	y238		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ, ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν; ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ, τί γένηται?	1	Jesus does not expect the women to tell him what people will do in the future. Rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since people are doing this when conditions are good, they will certainly do much worse when conditions become very bad!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4166	23:31	m629		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν	1	Here, Jesus is using the word they in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “people are doing these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4167	23:31	m630		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ξύλῳ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is fresh” or “when the wood is wet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4168	23:31	m631		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ξύλῳ	1	Jesus is using the term tree figuratively to refer to wood that comes from a tree. Alternate translation: “wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4169	23:31	m632		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	A tree is a large plant with a hard exterior that people use for fuel and as a building material. If your readers would not know what a tree is, or if people do not use wood from a tree as fuel in your area, you could use the name of something else that they use for fuel, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “burning material” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4170	23:31	zt5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4171	23:31	m633		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	Jesus is using the adjective dry as a noun. In context, the term means dry wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4172	23:32	m634		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4173	23:32	w8yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4174	23:32	m635		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἤγοντο & καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	If your language does use passive verb forms, and it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4175	23:32	m636		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “two other men, who were criminals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4176	23:32	m2nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
4177	23:32	m637		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4178	23:33	wj2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	The word they includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4179	23:33	m638		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4180	23:33	m639		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κρανίον	1	This is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4181	23:33	i3vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	In this case the word they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4182	23:33	m640		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	See how you translated the term “crucify” in 23:21. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4183	23:33	bjr2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν, ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν	1	Luke is using the adjectives right and left as nouns, to describe locations. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a noun such as “side” for clarity. Alternate translation: “they crucified one criminal at Jesus’ right side and the other criminal at Jesus’ left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4184	23:34	m641		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. The next four notes below discuss translation issues in the sentence, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4185	23:34	m642		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Roman soldiers were doing to Jesus and the way in which Jesus responded. It would appropriate to indicate a strong contrast here. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4186	23:34	m643		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result		0	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of the phrases in Jesus’ prayer, since the first phrase gives the reason for the result that Jesus is requesting in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “Father, they do not know what they are doing, so please forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4187	23:34	m644		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples		0	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4188	23:34	m645		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative		0	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4189	23:34	qbj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The word they refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4190	23:34	uk4s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	The term lots refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with lots, you could say that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4191	23:35	a2h5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	The implication is that the people who stood by watching were also ridiculing Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4192	23:35	m646		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	This term refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman rulers of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4193	23:35	t7mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus saved other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4194	23:35	m647		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus saved others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4195	23:35	m648		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς	1	The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4196	23:35	m3f6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “led him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4197	23:35	a963		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	The leaders are using the adjective Chosen as a noun. ULT adds the term One to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4198	23:35	m649		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	This is a title, not a description, so translate it following the conventions in your language for titles, for example, by capitalizing the main words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4199	23:36	b3jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνέπαιξαν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται, προσερχόμενοι ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ	1	Luke does not say specifically in what way the soliders mocked Jesus by offering him vinegar, that is, the sour wine that was their common drink. There are two possibilities. (1) Since Luke records in the next verse that the soldiers spoke of Jesus being the “king of the Jews,” the common drink may have been intended to show that they did not really believe he was a king, since a king would have drunk fine wine. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him cheap sour wine, which was not what a real king would drink” (2) The soldiers may have mocked Jesus just by offering him something to drink, but then not giving it to him, even though he would have been very thirsty. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers also mocked him by coming and offering him some of their sour wine but then not giving him any to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4200	23:37	x5wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	The soldiers are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose you really are the King of the Jews. Then save yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
4201	23:37	m650		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4202	23:38	l5be		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an inscription, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4203	23:38	w7aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	The soliders did not really believer that Jesus was the King of the Jews. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4204	23:39	m651		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κρεμασθέντων	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4205	23:39	z9ej			ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν	1	As in 22:65, the term blasphemed here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
4206	23:39	tmy7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός?	1	The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4207	23:39	g6uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς	1	The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
4208	23:39	m652		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	Since this criminal is using the term us to mean himself and the other criminal, but not Jesus, the term us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4209	23:40	lb4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that the second criminal rebuked the first one in response to what he said to Jesus. You could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “But the other criminal responded, rebuking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4210	23:40	m653		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἕτερος	1	Luke is using the adjective other as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun “criminal” for clarity. Alternate translation: “the other criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4211	23:40	nk1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	The second criminal does not expect the first criminal to tell him whether he fears God. Rather, the second criminal is using the question form to rebuke the first criminal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God, since you are dying on a cross just as he is!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4212	23:40	m654		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ?	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “You ought to fear God and show more respect for this godly man, since you are dying on a cross just as he is, and you will soon have to face God and answer for your actions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4213	23:40	m655		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἶ	1	The second criminal is using the word judgment figuratively to mean the punishment to which the first criminal was sentenced when the Romans pronounced judgment on him. Alternate translation: “you are being executed on a cross just as he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4214	23:41	qyp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	The second criminal, speaking to the first criminal, is using the term we to mean himself and the first criminal. So we would be inclusive in all these cases, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4215	23:41	m656		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἡμεῖς & ἐπράξαμεν & ἀπολαμβάνομεν	1	Since the term we refers to two people here, it would be in the dual if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4216	23:41	i4gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἡμεῖς & δικαίως	1	The second criminal is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we are receiving this punishment justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4217	23:41	m657		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἄξια & ὧν ἐπράξαμεν	1	The second criminal is using the adjective worthy as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a just punishment for what we did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4218	23:41	nu35		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	The second criminal is using the adjective this as a noun in order to indicate a particular person, Jesus. ULT supplies the noun one to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “this man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4219	23:42	mht9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔλεγεν	1	The pronoun he refers to the second criminal, who continues speaking, now to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The second criminal then said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4220	23:42	j9d9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μνήσθητί μου	1	As in 1:72, the word remember here figuratively describes Jesus thinking about this second criminal and considering what action he can take on his behalf. It does not suggest that Jesus would forget about him. Alternate translation: “do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4221	23:42	m658		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	μνήσθητί μου	1	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do what you can to help me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4222	23:42	zyv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου	1	To come into a kingdom means to begin to rule as king. Alternate translation: “when you begin to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4223	23:43	abcv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The pronoun he refers to Jesus, and the pronoun him refers to the second criminal. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to this criminal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4224	23:43	n6w9			ἀμήν, σοι λέγω	1	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the criminal. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this carefully”
4225	23:43	m659			σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of how the term today belongs with this promise that Jesus is making to the criminal, and not with the introduction to the statement. Alternate translation: “you will be with me in paradise today”
4226	23:43	f1fl			τῷ Παραδείσῳ	1	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term paradise. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
4227	23:44	m660		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ ἦν ἤδη	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4228	23:44	x7fl			ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
4229	23:44	m661		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη	1	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4230	23:44	q4t3			σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	This could mean one of two things. (1) The Greek term that ULT translates as land can refer to the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth” (2) The term can also refer to a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area”
4231	23:44	m662		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is over the land. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4232	23:44	e8zn			ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three o’clock in the afternoon”
4233	23:44	m663		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4234	23:45	hjt3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	This means figuratively that the sun, as if it were an active agent, failed to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4235	23:45	m664		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4236	23:45	ssh2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4237	23:45	ah4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4238	23:45	m665		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μέσον	1	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing the curtain opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so in the middle means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4239	23:46	z1fq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4240	23:46	r4ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4241	23:46	mix5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	Jesus is using God’s hands figuratively to represent God’s care. Alternate translation: “I give my spirit to you, knowing you will care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4242	23:46	m666			τὸ Πνεῦμά μου	1	The spirit of a person lives on after they die. So you could also translate this as a reference to Jesus’ life after death. Alternate translation: “my life”
4243	23:46	bd6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐξέπνευσεν	1	Luke is describing the death of Jesus in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4244	23:47	p6lh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης	1	The implication is that this was the Roman officer who was in charge of the other Roman soldiers who crucified Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Roman officer in charge of the crucifixion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4245	23:47	ar1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἰδὼν & ὁ ἑκατοντάρχης τὸ γενόμενον	1	Luke is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term thing to show this. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he saw what had happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4246	23:47	m667		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ γενόμενον	1	Here, because the expression is singular, by contrast with the plural expression in the next verse, it must refer to the immediately preceding event, the death of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had entrusted his spirit to God when he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4247	23:47	m668			ἐδόξαζεν τὸν Θεὸν λέγων	1	This means that the centurion glorified God by what he said. Alternate translation: “brought honor to God by saying”
4248	23:47	c2ti			ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος ἦν	1	Alternate translation: “this man had not done anything wrong”
4249	23:48	gt8y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ συνπαραγενόμενοι & ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην	1	The term spectacle describes something that people would look at. It refers here to the crucifixion of Jesus and the two criminals. Alternate translation: “who had gathered to watch the crucifixions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4250	23:48	yq19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα	1	Luke is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term things to show this, since the participle is plural. It refers to all of the events of the crucifixion, not just to the way Jesus died. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when they saw all that had happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4251	23:48	whs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	The implication is that the people in the crowds returned to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4252	23:48	ft9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	As in 18:13, this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4253	23:49	m669		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	Luke is using the adjective acquainted as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4254	23:49	m670		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in 19:30–33 and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in 22:11–13. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4255	23:49	xzh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Here, the word followed does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in 8:2–3, who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4256	23:49	s74u			ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “what happened”
4257	23:50	cbj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4258	23:50	ud7p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι Ἰωσὴφ, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. It may be helpful to make this more than one sentence. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Joseph who was a member of the Sanhedrin. He was a good and righteous man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
4259	23:50	m671		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4260	23:50	wx2z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	βουλευτὴς	1	The term council refers implicitly to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council whose name Luke provides in 22:66. You could use that name here. If so, see how you translated it there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4261	23:50	m672		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	The terms good and righteous mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4262	23:51	m673		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	(οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν)	1	Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4263	23:51	m674		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word and, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4264	23:51	ddr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4265	23:51	rba6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally from Arimathea. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4266	23:51	m675		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4267	23:51	m676		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	As in 2:25 and 2:38, the term waiting does not mean passively waiting for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4268	23:52	tk6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one implicitly means Joseph. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that it was Joseph who went to Pilate by using his name, as UST does, or by saying “this man.” Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4269	23:52	m677		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to 12:5 explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4270	23:53	ec9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ καθελὼν	1	Luke uses the word And to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So Joseph took Jesus’ body down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4271	23:53	f5bq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι	1	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4272	23:53	yy3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μνήματι λαξευτῷ	1	This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could say that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4273	23:53	m5wu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος	1	Here, Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
4274	23:54	m678		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4275	23:54	tia9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this Day was used in Preparation for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4276	23:54	b4i1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks figuratively of this day dawning to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4277	23:55	pu3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	The expression had come out is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4278	23:55	m679		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4279	23:55	m680		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word and, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4280	23:55	nhd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4281	23:56	sm68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4282	23:56	mj6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4283	23:56	m681		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	The spices were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the ointments were sweet-smelling substances that were liquid. If your readers would not be familiar with spices and ointments, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4284	23:56	uzk9			ἡσύχασαν	1	Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
4285	23:56	tk6s			κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν	1	Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
4286	24:intro	r5qx				0	Luke 24 General Notes Structure and formatting The women go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (24:1–12) Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13–35) Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36–53) Special concepts in this chapter The loyalty of the women Many of Luke’s original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus’ body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead. Resurrection Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body (Luke 24:38-43). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “the third day” This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in 24:7, 24:21, and 24:46. See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke 18:33. In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.” Two men in bright shining robes Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both of angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
4287	24:1	m682		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	This implicitly means the first day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4288	24:1	r62f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	Here, Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean first. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4289	24:1	m683		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” ro “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4290	24:1	qg7a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	The pronoun they refers to the women whom Luke describes in 23:55–56. Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4291	24:2	jq9p			εὗρον & τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
4292	24:2	l6uk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4293	24:2	t4mf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the doorway to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4294	24:3	m684			εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
4295	24:3	elq2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4296	24:4	bmt4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4297	24:4	m685		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event, the appearance of the two men, came after the events he has just described, the women discovering that the tomb was empty and wondering about that. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
4298	24:4	m686		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the term behold to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4299	24:5	c11i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐμφόβων & γενομένων αὐτῶν & εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	The first instance of they refers to the women, while the second instance refers to the men. Alternate translation: “as the women became terrified … the men said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4300	24:5	n5xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κλινουσῶν τὰ πρόσωπα εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	Looking down at the ground was a gesture of respect towards these men. Alternate translation: “respectfully lowered their gaze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4301	24:5	abcw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	If your language uses dual forms for verbs, use that form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4302	24:5	fs3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4303	24:5	m687		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The men are using the adjectives living and dead as nouns, to refer to groups of people. (The term living is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4304	24:6	m688		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	The term raised is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4305	24:6	awf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4306	24:6	s8k5			μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
4307	24:6	m689		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	The word you is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of you that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4308	24:6	m690			ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “when he was still in Galilee”
4309	24:7	sj3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations	λέγων & ὅτι	1	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4310	24:7	pl6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & παραδοθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4311	24:7	m691		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4312	24:7	m692		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	See how you translated this title in 5:24. Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4313	24:7	e4ca		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	As in 9:44, hands here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4314	24:7	m693		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4315	24:7	m694		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	See how you translated this in 9:22. Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4316	24:7	dta4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4317	24:7	m695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4318	24:8	rew5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4319	24:9	iz68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in 8:1 and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says the Eleven because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4320	24:9	m696		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῖς ἕνδεκα	1	Alternatively, you may have decided in 8:1 to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with the Eleven here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4321	24:9	fnh6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς	1	Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4322	24:10	h1ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4323	24:10	m697		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία	1	Mary is the name of a woman, and Magdalene is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in 8:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4324	24:10	m698		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννα	1	This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4325	24:10	m699		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου	1	Mary is the name of a woman, and James is the name of her son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4326	24:11	m700		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between the exciting good news that the women were sharing and the disbelieving reaction of the people they shared it with. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4327	24:11	apl7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	Luke is using the term words figuratively to describe the report that the women gave using words. Alternate translation: “what the women were saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4328	24:11	m701		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	Luke uses this expression, which means “in front them,” to mean “where they could see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in their opinion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4329	24:11	m702		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς	1	This phrase describes the result of the fact that the report seemed like nonsense to the apostles and other believers. Alternate translation: “so they did not believe them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4330	24:11	m703		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς	1	The word they refers to the apostles and other believers, and the word them refers to the women. Alternate translation: “so the apostles and other believers did not believe the women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4331	24:12	rm1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	This expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that Peter had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “took initiative and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4332	24:12	ax6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	παρακύψας	1	Peter had to bend over in order to see inside the tomb because tombs cut in solid rock were very low. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “bending at the waist in order to look into the low tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4333	24:12	m704			βλέπει	1	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in 7:40. If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he saw”
4334	24:12	n1tg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ὀθόνια μόνα	1	The phrase the linen cloths refers to the cloths that Joseph of Arimathea used to wrap Jesus’ body when he was buried, as described in 23:53. The implication is that the body of Jesus was no longer in the tomb. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which Jesus’ body had been wrapped, but the body was not there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4335	24:12	m705			ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν, θαυμάζων τὸ γεγονός	1	Here, some versions, including UST, understand the Greek differently. They take the meaning to be “he went away to himself, wondering” (that is, he went to his own home), rather than “he went away, to himself wondering” (the meaning that ULT reflects). If there is already a version of the Bible in your area, see how it translates this. You may wish to translate it in the same way. Alternate translation: “he went away to his home, wondering what had happened”
4336	24:13	emc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ἰδοὺ	1	Luke uses the word behold to introduce a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4337	24:13	m706		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἦσαν πορευόμενοι εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν	1	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “there were two disciples who were going to a distant village on that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
4338	24:13	e8gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	δύο ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	The word them refers to Jesus’ disciples, but not specifically to the apostles, since at the end of this episode, these two men return to Jerusalem and report to the apostles. Alternate translation: “two of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4339	24:13	s5n1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Alternate translation: “on the same day when the women found that the tomb was empty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4340	24:13	m707			σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς	1	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
4341	24:13	d8jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἐμμαοῦς	1	This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4342	24:13	cea7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	σταδίους ἑξήκοντα	1	The word stadia is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
4343	24:14	m708		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτω	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these things means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4344	24:15	m709		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4345	24:15	b3sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς	1	The word himself emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4346	24:15	m710			ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
4347	24:16	q6nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	Luke uses one part of the men, their eyes, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4348	24:16	m711		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	Luke uses the term held figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4349	24:16	m712		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4350	24:17	xak8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	αὐτούς & ἀντιβάλλετε & περιπατοῦντες & ἐστάθησαν	1	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective gloomy, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4351	24:17	m713		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4352	24:17	m714			ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
4353	24:18	m715		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς & εἶπεν	1	Together the two words answering and said mean that Cleopas responded to what Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4354	24:18	bqc9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κλεοπᾶς	1	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4355	24:18	qx7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις?	1	Cleopas does not expect Jesus to tell him whether he is the only visitor to Jerusalem who does not know what has recently happened in the city. Rather, Cleopas is using the question form to show his surprise, since he expects that everyone would know about these events. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You must be the only person visiting Jerusalem who does not know what has just happened in the city!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4356	24:18	m716		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τὰ γενόμενα	1	Cleopas is using the participle having happened, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term things to show this, since the participle is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the events that have taken place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4357	24:18	m717		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	Conventionally, Greek referred to cities with feminine pronouns. Your language may use a different gender. You could also use a noun. Alternate translation: “in it” or “in that city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4358	24:18	m718		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	Cleopas is using the term days figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” or “recently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4359	24:19	aj5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ποῖα	1	This implicitly means, “What kind of things?” But by asking about the quality of the events, rather than just the fact of the events (“What things?”), Jesus is acknowledging that they must have been very special. Alternate translation: “What kind of things?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4360	24:19	m719		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	οἱ & εἶπαν	1	Since two men are speaking, this would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4361	24:19	m720		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ	1	The term Nazarene is a name that refers to a person who is from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in 18:37. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4362	24:19	m721		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀνὴρ, προφήτης	1	This is an idiomatic way of speaking about a person in an honorable way. Alternate translation: “a distinguished prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4363	24:19	m722		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ	1	The two men are using the term work figuratively to describe the things that Jesus did, and the term word figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “who did great miracles and taught profound things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4364	24:19	x25r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This expression means “while God and all the people were watching.” In the case of God, it means figuratively that God gave Jesus the power to do miracles and to teach profound things. In the case of the people, it means that the miracles and teachings of Jesus amazed the people when they saw and heard them. Alternate translation: “as God empowered him, to the amazement of all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4365	24:19	m723		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “great crowds of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4366	24:20	m724		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	This is a reference to the Jewish leaders, and the two men likely recognize Jesus as a fellow Jew, so the word our would be inclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4367	24:20	e5zt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν & εἰς κρίμα θανάτου	1	The men are using the judgment of death, that is, the death sentence that the Romans passed on Jesus, figuratively to represent the Romans themselves. Alternate translation: “turned him over to the Romans, who sentenced him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4368	24:20	m725		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν	1	The men speak as if the chief priests and … rulers crucified Jesus themselves. They are speaking figuratively, describing all of the people who were responsible for the crucifixion of Jesus, including the crowds, Pilate, and the Roman soldiers by reference to the Jewish leaders, who set the process in motion by stirring up the crowds and persuading Pilate. Alternate translation: “so that he was crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4369	24:21	ei9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς & ἠλπίζομεν	1	The men are speaking of themselves and likely their fellow disciples as well, but not of Jesus, so we would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4370	24:21	ljb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	See how you translated the similar expression in 2:38. The word redeem means literally to “buy back,” for example, to buy someone’s freedom from slavery, but the men are using it in a figurative sense here. Alternate translation: “the person who was going to bring God’s blessings and favor back to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4371	24:21	m726		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸν Ἰσραήλ	1	The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4372	24:21	d52i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις	1	The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. (UST presents a different understanding of this expression.) Alternate translation: “And here is something else extraordinary that has happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4373	24:21	sg3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	The men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive, but they are actually saying how long it has been since he died, because they are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would get up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression the third day in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4374	24:21	xqc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4375	24:22	a3j9			γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
4376	24:22	m727		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμᾶς	1	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4377	24:22	du1v			γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον	1	The men are using this expression to refer to the women, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
4378	24:23	m728			καὶ μὴ εὑροῦσαι τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ἦλθαν	1	If you began a new sentence at the end of the previous verse, you can continue it here. Alternate translation: “but they did not find his body, so they came to us”
4379	24:24	m729			τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “some of the men in our group”
4380	24:24	m730		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4381	24:24	m731		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὗρον οὕτως, καθὼς καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implications of this statement explicitly. Alternate translation: “they found that the body of Jesus was not in the tomb, just as the women had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4382	24:24	fkw9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν δὲ οὐκ εἶδον	1	The pronoun him refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “they did not see Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4383	24:25	m732		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἀνόητοι	1	Jesus is using the adjective foolish as a noun. ULT adds the term ones to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you foolish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4384	24:25	m733		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual	ἀνόητοι	1	Jesus is speaking to two men, so the word “you” would be in the dual if your language marks that form, if you choose to use that word in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
4385	24:25	vg3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	The term heart figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4386	24:25	m734		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ, τοῦ πιστεύειν	1	The word slow figuratively represents difficulty, since someone who has difficulty doing something will do it slowly. Alternate translation: “who have such difficulty believing with your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4387	24:25	m735		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται	1	The term all is a generalization that refers specifically to what the prophets said about the Messiah. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4388	24:26	n85k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ?	1	Jesus is using the question form to remind the disciples about what the prophets said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Messiah had to suffer these things in order to enter into his glory!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4389	24:26	m736		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	This is not a second thing that it was necessary for the Messiah to do. Rather, this is the result for which it was necessary for the Messiah to do the first thing. Alternate translation: “in order to enter into his glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4390	24:26	f8es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	This is likely a reference to the Messiah beginning his reign as king. (However, UST offers a different interpretation of the phrase.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun glory with an adjective such as “glorious.” Alternate translation: “to begin his glorious rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4391	24:27	g4t7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως & τῶν προφητῶν	1	Luke is using the name Moses figuratively to refer to the part of Scripture that Moses wrote, and the term the prophets to refer to the part of Scripture that they wrote. Alternate translation: “the writings of Moses … the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4392	24:27	m737			καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προφητῶν	1	The term beginning applies just to the writings of Moses. Jesus began with that part of Scripture, and he then continued teaching from the writings of the prophets. Alternate translation: “and then from all the writings of the prophets” or “and continuing with all the writings of the prophets”
4393	24:28	m738		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην οὗ ἐπορεύοντο	1	The first they refers to Jesus and the two disciples, while the second they refers only to the two disciples, so they were going would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4394	24:28	cdj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸς προσεποιήσατο πορρώτερον πορεύεσθαι	1	This means that the two disciples understood from Jesus’ actions that he was continuing on to another destination. Perhaps he kept walking on the road when they turned off to enter Emmaus. There is no indication that Jesus deceived them with words. Alternate translation: “Jesus seemed to be heading farther down the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4395	24:29	m739		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what it appeared Jesus was going to do and what the two disciples wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4396	24:29	m740		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	παρεβιάσαντο & ἡμῶν & αὐτοῖς	1	This verb, as well as these two pronouns, would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since they apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4397	24:29	pn4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	παρεβιάσαντο αὐτὸν	1	Luke is telling this story in a concise way, and he does not say what the two disciples urged Jesus to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply that information from the context. Alternate translation: “they urged him to stay overnight in the house with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4398	24:29	m741		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	The men are speaking of themselves but not of Jesus, so us would be exclusive here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4399	24:29	s6ps		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The two disciples are likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4400	24:29	m742		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστὶν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	The implications are that the disciples are saying this out of concern for Jesus’ safety. Alternate translation: “it is already getting dark, and soon it will not be safe to travel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4401	24:29	m743		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κέκλικεν ἤδη ἡ ἡμέρα	1	The disciples are referring figuratively to the sun as the day, since day is when the sun shines. Alternate translation: “the sun is going down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4402	24:29	tgi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	3	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the two disciples urged Jesus to stay with them, he agreed. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4403	24:30	k6ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4404	24:30	m744		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτὸν μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	See how you translated this in 5:29. It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “when they had all sat down together to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4405	24:30	ecm2			εὐλόγησεν	1	Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
4406	24:30	m745		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	The pronoun them would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4407	24:31	h4yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	Here, the term eyes figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4408	24:31	m746		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4409	24:31	yev2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	Here, Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus became invisible. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4410	24:32	m747		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	εἶπαν & ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν	1	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4411	24:32	inw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς?	1	The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4412	24:32	m748		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	The men are using the metaphor of a heart burning to describe their excitement at hearing Jesus explain the Scriptures. You could indicate this meaning in your translation and represent the metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4413	24:32	m749		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate why the men found it so exciting when Jesus explained the Scriptures to them, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4414	24:32	m750		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for two people to speak as if they had one heart, if you decide to use this metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural, or dual if your language uses that form. Alternate translation: “were not our hearts burning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
4415	24:32	m751		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν	1	The men are using the term heart figuratively to mean the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4416	24:32	m752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν & ἡμῖν & ἡμῖν	1	The men are speaking to each other about themselves, so these pronouns would be inclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
4417	24:32	xy6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς	1	Jesus did not open a book or a scroll. The term opened figuratively means “explained.” Alternate translation: “while he explained the Scriptures to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4418	24:33	qi47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες & ὑπέστρεψαν & εὗρον	1	These verbs would be in the dual, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
4419	24:33	ar2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες	1	As in 24:12, this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “they got going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4420	24:33	m753		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	Luke is using the term hour figuratively to refer a specific time. Alternate translation: “that very moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4421	24:33	m754		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4422	24:33	dw85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοὺς ἕνδεκα	1	See how you translated this in 24:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4423	24:34	kyn4			λέγοντας	1	This word applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
4424	24:34	m755			ὁ Κύριος	1	Here, the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus”
4425	24:34	m756		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4426	24:34	m757		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4427	24:34	m758		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4428	24:34	m759		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Σίμωνι	1	This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4429	24:35	m760		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ & αὐτοῖς	1	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4430	24:35	fb1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4431	24:35	mnn2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4432	24:35	y3f8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	Luke is using the breaking of the bread figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4433	24:36	m761		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	The pronoun they refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4434	24:36	rt8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἔστη	1	Luke uses the word himself to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
4435	24:36	q7yl			ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “among them” or “in their group”
4436	24:36	pnl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	As the note to the similar phrase in 10:5 explains, this was an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom,” that was both a greeting and a blessing. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4437	24:37	i2tu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4438	24:37	kf17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες & καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they became very frightened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4439	24:37	m762		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4440	24:37	z4q5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4441	24:37	q9rf			πνεῦμα	1	In this context, the term spirit refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
4442	24:38	jj1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν?	1	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4443	24:38	m763		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4444	24:38	m764		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	Jesus is using the term arising figuratively to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4445	24:38	m765		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διαλογισμοὶ	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4446	24:38	m766			ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one heart, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
4447	24:38	m767		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	As in 24:35, the heart figuratively represents the mind here. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4448	24:39	m768		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἴδετε τὰς χεῖράς μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας μου	1	Jesus is figuratively telling the disciples to look at the nail marks from crucifixion by reference to where those marks are, in his hands and feet. Alternate translation: “Look at the nail marks in my hands and feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4449	24:39	m769		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι αὐτός	1	Jesus uses the word myself to emphasize that he genuinely us who he appears to be. Alternate translation: “and you will recognize that it is really me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
4450	24:39	a12n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result	ψηλαφήσατέ με καὶ ἴδετε, ὅτι πνεῦμα σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα οὐκ ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since a ghost does not have a physical body, as you see that I have, touch me to determine that my body is real” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4451	24:39	m770		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ ἴδετε	1	Here, the word see does not literally mean to look at something. Rather, it figuratively means to determine something. Alternate translation: “to determine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4452	24:39	tf2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα	1	Jesus is describing the human body figuratively by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4453	24:40	qm9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	As in 24:39, this figuratively means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ hands and feet. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4454	24:41	m771		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἀπιστούντων & θαυμαζόντων	1	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4455	24:41	m772		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπιστούντων & θαυμαζόντων	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the disciples were disbelieving and wondering about. Alternate translation: “finding it very hard to believe that Jesus was actually there with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4456	24:41	hr4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4457	24:41	m773			τι βρώσιμον	1	Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
4458	24:43	tyh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4459	24:43	j8qf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4460	24:44	m774		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	Jesus is using the term words figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4461	24:44	tfk8			ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
4462	24:44	q7x8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
4463	24:44	m775		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα & περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun things to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4464	24:44	g76a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα & περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4465	24:44	m776		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4466	24:44	m777		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, Psalms, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4467	24:44	m778		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before all the things. Alternate translation: “that God would make happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4468	24:45	qf61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4469	24:45	m779			αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one mind, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
4470	24:46	cwr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4471	24:46	m780		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	Jesus uses the word suffer to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4472	24:46	e75f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming up out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4473	24:46	m781		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	Jesus is using the adjective dead as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4474	24:46	m782		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	See how you translated this in 9:22. Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4475	24:46	r2zy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
4476	24:47	m783		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι & μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns repentance and forgiveness with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4477	24:47	w5j5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι & μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4478	24:47	lty6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the name of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4479	24:47	w1ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	The term nations refers figuratively to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4480	24:47	wiq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	The word beginning is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4481	24:48	wp38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων	1	The implication is that because the disciples are witnesses of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4482	24:49	m2lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4483	24:49	ynm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
4484	24:49	m784		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative	ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε	1	This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
4485	24:49	m785		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4486	24:49	c4iv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε & δύναμιν	1	Jesus speaks figuratively of this power as if it were clothing that the disciples would put on. Alternate translation: “until you receive power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4487	24:49	l46b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὕψους	1	Jesus uses the term heaven to refer to God figuratively by association, since heaven is the abode of God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4488	24:50	bd6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	ἕως πρὸς Βηθανίαν	1	Bethany is the name of a village outside Jerusalem. See how you translated it in 19:29. Alternate translation: “to a place near the village of Bethany” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4489	24:50	cm9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἐπάρας τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ	1	This was something that Jewish priests did when they blessed people. Alternate translation: “lifting up his hands in spiritual authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
4490	24:51	dzr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4491	24:51	clx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	Since Luke does not specify who carried Jesus up to heaven, we do not know whether God himself did this or one or more angels did it. If your language would have to specify who did the carrying, it may be better to say “went” instead, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4492	24:52	kzy4			προσκυνήσαντες αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “after worshiping him there”
4493	24:52	m786		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγάλης	1	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun joy with an adverb such as “happily.” Alternate translation: “very happily” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4494	24:53	m787		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “through all hours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
4495	24:53	wa3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	διὰ παντὸς	1	Luke means that the disciples were in the temple through all the hours that the temple was open. Even so, this is an overstatement to emphasize that they went to the temple every day. Alternate translation: “every day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4496	24:53	edm3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
4497	24:53	pex4			εὐλογοῦντες τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “worshiping God”